diff options
| author | Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org> | 2024-04-07 09:06:44 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org> | 2024-04-07 09:06:44 +0000 |
| commit | ed5640d8b587fbcfed7dd7967f3de04b37a76f26 (patch) | |
| tree | 7a5f7c6c9d02226d7471cb3cc8fbbf631b415303 /helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01 | |
| parent | Initial commit. (diff) | |
| download | libreoffice-upstream/4%7.4.7.tar.xz libreoffice-upstream/4%7.4.7.zip | |
Adding upstream version 4:7.4.7.upstream/4%7.4.7upstream
Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>
Diffstat (limited to '')
181 files changed, 14684 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..827ce08eb --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0101120000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Print Preview</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<section id="printpreview"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:PrintPreview" id="bm_id2822117" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id2013916" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp">Print Preview</link></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id1471907" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:PrintPreview">Displays a preview of the printed page or closes the preview.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#view"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id8697470" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Use the icons on the <link href="text/swriter/main0210.xhp" name="Page View Object Bar"><emph>Print Preview Bar</emph></link> to scroll through the pages of the document or to print the document.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id4314706" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can also press Page Up and Page Down keys to scroll through the pages.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id4771874" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">You cannot edit your document while you are in the print preview.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ClosePreview" id="bm_id9368395" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_id5027008" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">To exit the print preview, click the <emph>Close Preview</emph> button.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6dd10953f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0101150000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Mail Merge</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/MailmergeDialog" id="bm_id3149687" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MergeDialog" id="bm_id3149687" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150757" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Mail Merge</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151187" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="serienbrieftext"><ahelp hid=".">The <emph>Mail Merge</emph> dialog helps you in printing and saving form letters.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#mail_merge"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154102" xml-lang="en-US">During printing, the database information replaces the corresponding database fields (placeholders). For more information about inserting database fields refer to the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp" name="Database"><emph>Database</emph></link> tab page under <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>.</paragraph><comment>db browser explorer</comment> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_TLB_TREELISTBOX" id="bm_id5399029" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8186895" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a database and table.</ahelp></paragraph><comment>db browser records</comment> + +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154482" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Records</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154565" xml-lang="en-US">Determines the number of records for printing the form letter. One letter will be printed for each record.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/all" id="bm_id3149685" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155896" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">All</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149691" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/all">Processes all the records from the database.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/selected" id="bm_id3143279" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155186" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Selected records</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149483" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/selected">Processes only the marked records from the database. This option is only available when you have previously marked the necessary records in the database.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/rbfrom" id="bm_id3149097" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/from" id="bm_id3148978" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151260" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149034" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the number of the first record to be printed.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/to" id="bm_id3153643" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153631" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145758" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/to">Specify the number of the last record to be printed.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152772" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Output</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155138" xml-lang="en-US">Determines whether to send your form letters to a printer or save them to a file.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/printer" id="bm_id3150497" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150485" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Printer</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149167" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/printer">Prints the form letters.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/file" id="bm_id3145785" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145773" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">File</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155910" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/file">Saves the form letters in files.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/singledocument" id="bm_id7246620" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150109" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Save as single document</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3101901" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Create one big document containing all data records.</ahelp></paragraph><comment>save as individual documents</comment> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/individualdocuments" id="bm_id6964323" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150110" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Save as individual documents</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5345011" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Create one document for every one data record.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145263" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Generate file name from database</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/generate" id="bm_id6631672" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5631580" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Generate each file name from data contained in a database.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150108" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Field</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/field" id="bm_id3147747" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149829" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/field">Uses the content of the selected database field as the file name for the form letter.</ahelp></paragraph> + + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/path" id="bm_id3150122" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150111" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Path</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150687" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/path">Specifies the path to store the form letters.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/pathpb" id="bm_id3147423" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147412" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">...</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149553" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/pathpb">Opens the<emph> Select Path </emph>dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/fileformat" id="bm_id8452711" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150112" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">File format</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8992889" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the file format to store the resulting document.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#form_letters"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp#mailmerge"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..616b8a97a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0101160100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Outline to Presentation</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="outline_to_presentation"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SendOutlineToStarImpress" id="bm_id3155897" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154571" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp" name="Outline to Presentation">Outline to Presentation</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155186" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:SendOutlineToStarImpress">Sends the outline of the active document to a new presentation document.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#sendenstarimpress"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp#copytext2application"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..95f0ed5a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0101160200xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Outline to Clipboard</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="outline_to_clipboard"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SendOutlineToClipboard" id="bm_id3148770" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id481537444644102"> +<bookmark_value>send;outline to clipboard</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>outline;outline to clipboard</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>clipboard;outline to clipboard</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145241" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp" name="Outline to Clipboard">Outline to Clipboard</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150758" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:SendOutlineToClipboard">Sends the outline of a document to the clipboard in Rich Text Format (RTF).</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#sendenclipboard"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f307f707c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0101160300xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Create AutoAbstract</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:CreateAbstract" id="bm_id9059848" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/AbstractDialog" id="bm_id3145247" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148570" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp" name="Create AutoAbstract">Create AutoAbstract</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149286" xml-lang="en-US"> +<variable id="autoabstracttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:CreateAbstract">Copies the headings and a number of subsequent paragraphs in the active document to a new AutoAbstract text document. An AutoAbstract is useful for obtaining an overview of long documents.</ahelp> You can specify the number of outline levels as well as the number of paragraphs displayed therein. All levels and paragraphs under the respective settings are hidden. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#sendenautoabstract"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/outlines" id="bm_id3154106" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147516" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Included Outline Levels</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149804" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/outlines">Enter the extent of the outline levels to be copied to the new document.</ahelp> For example, if you choose 4 levels, all paragraphs formatted with Heading 1 to Heading 4 are included, along with the number of subsequent paragraphs specified in <emph>Subpoints per Level</emph>.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/paras" id="bm_id3154570" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151316" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Subpoints per Level</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155892" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/paras">Specify the maximum number of consecutive paragraphs to be included in the AutoAbstract document after each heading.</ahelp> All of the paragraphs up to the maximum defined are included until the next paragraph with a Heading Style is reached.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..909d2124f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0101160400xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">AutoAbstract to Presentation</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="autoabstract_to_presentation"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SendAbstractToStarImpress" id="bm_id3149288" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151183" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp" name="AutoAbstract to Presentation">AutoAbstract to Presentation</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145412" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:SendAbstractToStarImpress">Opens the current document as a $[officename] Impress presentation. The current document must contain at least one predefined heading paragraph style.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#sendenpraeser"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149801" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Included Outline Levels</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153667" xml-lang="en-US">Enter the number of outline levels to include in the new presentation. For example, if you choose one level, only the paragraphs that follow the "Heading 1" paragraph style are included.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154478" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Subpoints per Level</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145580" xml-lang="en-US">Enter the number of paragraphs that you want to include below each outline level (heading). </paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eaa0114cc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/01160500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0101160500xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Name and Path of HTML Documents</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/01160500.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_PUSHBUTTON_CANCEL" id="bm_id3150499" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_CHECKBOX_AUTOEXTENSION" id="bm_id3151262" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:NewHtmlDoc" id="bm_id8703681" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3147171">Name and Path of HTML Documents</h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151175" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="htmltext"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the file as an HTML document, so that you can view it in a web browser. You can choose to create a separate page when a heading style that you specify is encountered in the document.</ahelp> If you choose this option, a separate page of links to all of the pages that are generated is also created. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#html"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149801" xml-lang="en-US">Consecutive numbers are added to the file name if more than one HTML document is created. The titles of the HTML pages are created from the topmost chapter heading.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153668">File name</h2> +<embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#filename"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_LISTBOX_TEMPLATE" id="bm_id3155903" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3155892">separated by</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149688" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the heading paragraph style that you want to use to indicate a new HTML page.</ahelp> To use this option, apply one of the heading paragraph styles to the paragraphs where you want to start a new page in the document.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155187">File type</h2> +<embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#filetype"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3143277">Save</h2> +<embed href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp#save"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce0153ae9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,548 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0102110000xml" indexer="include"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Navigator</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<section id="navigator"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Navigator" id="bm_id4232254" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NAVIGATOR_TREELIST" id="bm_id4232255" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3151177"><variable id="Navigator"><link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3149802" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Shows or hides the Navigator window, where you can quickly jump to different parts of your document. Navigator is also available as a deck of the Sidebar. You can also use the Navigator to insert elements from the current document or other open documents, and to organize master documents.</ahelp> To edit an item in the Navigator, right-click the item, and then choose a command from the context menu. If you want, you can <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#docking" name="dock">dock</link> the Navigator at the edge of your workspace.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/shared/00/edit_menu.xhp#navigator"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id3154475" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To open the Navigator, choose <menuitem>View - Navigator</menuitem> (<keycode>F5</keycode>). To move the Navigator, drag its title bar. To dock the Navigator, drag its title bar to the left, right or bottom edge of the workspace. To undock the Navigator, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline> key and double-click on a grey area of the Navigator.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149490" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Click the expander icon next to a category in the Navigator to view the items in the category. To view the number of items in a category, rest your mouse pointer over the category in the Navigator. To jump to an item in the document, double-click the item in the Navigator.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149106" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To jump to the next or previous item in a document, use the <emph>Navigate by</emph> box to select the item category, and then click the up or down arrows.</paragraph> + +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id571655653825780">The navigator shows what corresponds to the editing location in the navigator view. This can be according to different categories: Headings, Tables, Hyperlinks and so on. When the "Content Navigation View" button is pressed and headings are selected, the heading belonging to the current editing position is displayed and highlighted in the Navigator. When tables are selected, the associated table is displayed, and so on. If the element is located in a collapsed layer, the required layers above it are automatically expanded and remain expanded afterwards.</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/contenttoggle" id="bm_id3155911" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/globaltoggle" id="bm_id3155912" localize="false"/> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/root" id="bm_id3145591" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id321603114930016">Navigate By</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id171603114951991">Use selection box to choose which type of item should be navigated, when using the Previous and Next buttons.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/back" id="bm_id3148779" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3150096">Previous</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3148784" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Jumps to the previous item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <emph>Navigate By</emph> list, and then click an item category - for example, "Images".</paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3150044"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154616" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3154622" src="cmd/lc_upsearch.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3154622">Icon Previous Object</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150659" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Previous Item</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/forward" id="bm_id3154022" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3150675">Next</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3154028" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Jumps to the next item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <emph>Navigate By</emph> list, and then click an item category - for example, "Images".</paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3149971"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150767" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3150773" src="cmd/lc_downsearch.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3150773">Icon Next Object</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3155359" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Next Item</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/numericfield" id="bm_id3148726" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3148715">Page number</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3155548" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/numericfield">Type the number of the page that you want to jump to, and then press Enter. Use the spin buttons to navigate.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3146891">Content Navigation View</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3145596" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/root">Switches between the display of all categories in the Navigator and the selected category.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id471603110016087" role="paragraph">Context menus use a selection of commands found on this help page. The commands in a context menu change, depending on which category or item is selected.</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3145616"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154133" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3154140" src="sw/res/sc20244.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3154140">Icon Switch Content Navigation View</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3156067" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Switch Content Navigation View</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + + <table id="tab_id681603287134620"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id531603287134620" role="tablehead">Icon</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id911603287134620" role="tablehead">Category</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id31603287134620" role="tablehead">Context Menu</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="image" id="par_id721603290925895"><image src="sw/res/nc20000.svg" id="img_id1001603290925895" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id591603290925895">Headings Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id581603287134620" role="tablecontent">Headings</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id431603287134620" role="tablecontent">Collapse/Expand All, <link href="text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp" name="clipboard">Send Outline to Clipboard</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/outlinecontent_visibility.xhp" name="outlinecontent1">Outline Folding</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#outlinetracking" name="outlinetrck1">Outline Tracking</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#outlinelvl" name="OutlineLvl1">Outline Level</link></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell></tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id151603291732283" role="tablecontent">Heading item</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id611603291783875" role="tablecontent">Collapse/Expand All, Go to, Select, Delete, <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#promotechap" name="promotechap">Promote Chapter</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#demotechap" name="demotechap">Demote Chapter</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#promotelevel" name="promotelvl">Promote Level</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#demotelevel" name="demotelvl">Demote Level</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/outlinecontent_visibility.xhp" name="outlinecontent2">Outline Content Visibility</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#outlinetracking" name="outlinetrck2">Outline Tracking</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#outlinelvl" name="OutlineLvl2">Outline Level</link></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="image" id="par_id721603287623090"> +<image src="cmd/sc_inserttable.svg" id="img_id301603287623090" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id861603287623090">Tables Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id611603290378376" role="tablecontent">Tables</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell></tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell></tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id531603530756147" role="tablecontent">Table items</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id291603290382271" role="tablecontent">Go to, Select, Edit, Delete, Rename</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="image" id="par_id771603291076318"><image src="cmd/sc_insertframe.svg" id="img_id861603291076318" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id861603291076318">Frames icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id191603290368002" role="tablecontent">Frames</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell></tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id801603532799021"> +<image src="cmd/sc_imagebutton.svg" id="img_id1001603532799021" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id171603532799021">Images Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id581603532733359">Images</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell></tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8016035394621021"> +<image src="cmd/sc_insertobject.svg" id="img_id1001603543299021" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id171603532799021">OLE Objects Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id581603532723769">OLE Objects</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell></tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id801636822799021"> +<image src="cmd/sc_insertbookmark.svg" id="img_id1001660982799021" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id171603532799021">Bookmarks Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id581603532733956">Bookmarks</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell></tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell></tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id411603531074035" role="tablecontent">Frame, Image, OLE Objects, Bookmark items</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id611603290373033" role="tablecontent">Go to, Edit, Delete, Rename</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id741603570764762"> +<image src="cmd/sc_insertsection.svg" id="img_id641603570764762" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id821603570764762">Sections Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id621603570764762" role="tablecontent">Sections</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell></tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell></tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id111603570764762" role="tablecontent">Section items</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id291694280382271" role="tablecontent">Go to, Select, Edit, Rename</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id461603570542532"> +<image src="cmd/sc_inserthyperlink.svg" id="img_id721603570542532" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id911603570542532">Hyperlinks Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id801603570516284" role="tablecontent">Hyperlinks</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell></tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell></tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id81603570505590" role="tablecontent">Hyperlink items</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id961603570483539" role="tablecontent">Go to, Edit, Delete, Rename</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id901603571492300"> +<image src="cmd/sc_insertreferencefield.svg" id="img_id771603571492300" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id271603571492300">References Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id91603571492300" role="tablecontent">References</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell></tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id121603573019324"> +<image src="cmd/sc_insertindexesentry.svg" id="img_id901603573019324" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id341603573019324">Indexes Icon</alt></image></paragraph></tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id591603573019324" role="tablecontent">Indexes</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell></tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell></tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id911603571492300" role="tablecontent">References, Indexes items</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id29160996782271" role="tablecontent">Go to</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id741603572161942"> +<image src="cmd/lc_shownote.svg" id="img_id521603572161942" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id521603572161942">Comments Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id41603572161942" role="tablecontent">Comments</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id711603572473016">Show All, Hide All, Delete All</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id751603572161943" role="tablecontent">Comments items</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id291604453382271" role="tablecontent">Go to, Edit, Delete</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id951603571856944"> +<image src="cmd/lc_insertdraw.svg" id="img_id221603571856944" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id751603571856944">Drawing objects Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id351603571856944" role="tablecontent">Drawing objects</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell></tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell></tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id461603571856945" role="tablecontent">Drawing objects items</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id291603347382271" role="tablecontent">Go to, Delete, Rename</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell></tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id781603291428300" role="tablecontent">All</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id711603291482148"><link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#dragmode" name="Drag Mode">Drag Mode</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#display" name="display">Display</link></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> +<note id="par_id3155136" xml-lang="en-US">A hidden section in a document appears gray in the Navigator, and displays the text "hidden" when you rest the mouse pointer over it. The same applies to header and footer contents of Page Styles that are not used in a document, and hidden contents in tables, frames, graphics, OLE objects, and indexes.</note> +<h2 id="hd_id3149176"> Toggle Master View</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3155917" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Switches between master view and normal view if a master document is open.</ahelp> Switches between <link href="text/shared/01/02110000.xhp" name="master view">master view</link> and normal view if a <link href="text/shared/01/01010001.xhp" name="master document">master document</link> is open.</paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3155861"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150689" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3150695" src="sw/res/sc20244.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3150695">Icon Toggle Master View</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3149568" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Toggle Master View</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/header" id="bm_id3159237" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3153070">Header</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3159242" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/header">Moves the cursor to the header, or from the header to the document text area.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3159262"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153900" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3153911" src="sw/res/sc20179.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3153911">Icon Header</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147104" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Header</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/footer" id="bm_id3147131" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3147120">Footer</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3147137" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/footer">Moves the cursor to the footer, or from the footer to the document text area.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3149777"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150217" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3150224" src="sw/res/sc20177.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3150224">Icon Footer</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145220" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Footer</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/anchor" id="bm_id3150309" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3145237">Anchor <-> Text</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3150314" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/anchor">Jumps between the footnote text and the footnote anchor.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3150333"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153100" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3153108" src="sw/res/sc20182.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3153108">Icon Anchor <-> Text</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150650" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Anchor <-> Text</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/reminder" id="bm_id3155392" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3155381">Set Reminder</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3153011" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click here to set a reminder at the current cursor position. You can define up to five reminders. To jump to a reminder, click the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp" name="Navigation"><emph>Navigation</emph></link> icon, in the <emph>Navigation</emph> window click the <emph>Reminder</emph> icon, and then click the <emph>Previous</emph> or <emph>Next</emph> button.</ahelp> Click here to set a reminder at the current cursor position. You can define up to five reminders. To jump to a reminder, click the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp" name="Navigation">Navigation</link> icon, in the Navigation window click the Reminder icon, and then click the Previous or Next button.</paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3154577"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154608" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3154904" src="sw/res/sr20014.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3154904">Icon Set Reminder</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153054" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Set Reminder</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> +<note id="par_id3495381" xml-lang="en-US">Reminders are navigated in the order in which they are set. Reminders are not saved when a document is closed.</note> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/headings" id="bm_id3150519" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3150507"><variable id="outlinelvl">Outline Level</variable></h2> +<table id="tbl_id3147535"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153588" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3153595" src="sw/res/sc20236.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3153595">Icon Outline level</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145554" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Outline level</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<paragraph id="par_id3150529" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/headings">Click this icon, and then choose the number of heading outline levels that you want to view in the Navigator window.</ahelp> You can also access this command by right-clicking a heading in the Navigator window.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NAVI_OUTLINES" id="bm_id3148820" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3148808">1-10</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3148826" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_OUTLINES">Click <emph>1 </emph>to only view the top level headings (chapter heading) in the Navigator window, and <emph>10</emph> to view all of the headings.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/listbox" id="bm_id3155319" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3155308">List Box</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3155325" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/listbox">Shows or hides the <emph>Navigator </emph>list.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3154409"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154949" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3154955" src="sw/res/sc20233.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3154955">Icon List box on/off</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3146874" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">List box on/off</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/promote" id="bm_id3151349" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3151338"><variable id="promotelevel">Promote Level</variable></h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3151354" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/promote">Increases the outline level of the selected heading, and the headings that occur below the heading, by one. To only increase the outline level of the selected heading, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>, and then click this icon.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3148898"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3155414" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3155420" src="sw/res/sc20172.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3155420">Icon Promote level</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153697" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Promote level</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/demote" id="bm_id3153724" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3153714"><variable id="demotelevel">Demote Level</variable></h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3150707" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/demote">Decreases the outline level of the selected heading, and the headings that occur below the heading, by one. To only decrease the outline level of the selected heading, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>, and then click this icon.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3150746"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3148414" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3148420" src="sw/res/sc20173.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3148420">Icon Demote level</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147324" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Demote level</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/chapterup" id="bm_id3145582" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3145571"><variable id="promotechap">Promote Chapter</variable></h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3145587" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/chapterup">Moves the selected heading, and the text below the heading, up one heading position in the Navigator and in the document. To move only the selected heading and not the text associated with the heading, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>, and then click this icon.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3151301"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153268" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3153275" src="cmd/lc_upsearch.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3153275">Icon Chapter Up</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3149147" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Chapter Up</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/chapterdown" id="bm_id3154435" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3154424"><variable id="demotechap">Demote Chapter</variable></h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3154440" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/chapterdown">Moves the selected heading, and the text below the heading, down one heading position in the Navigator and in the document. To move only the selected heading and not the text associated with the heading, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>, and then click this icon.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3153737"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153768" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3150828" src="cmd/lc_downsearch.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3150828">Icon Chapter down</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150870" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Chapter down</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<tip id="par_id3155932" xml-lang="en-US">To quickly reorder headings and their associated text in your document, select the "Headings" category in the list, and then click the<emph> Content View</emph> icon. Now you can use drag-and-drop to reorder contents.</tip> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/dragmode" id="bm_id3154303" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3154292"><variable id="dragmode">Drag Mode</variable></h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3155828" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/dragmode">Sets the drag and drop options for inserting items from the Navigator into a document, for example, as a hyperlink. Click this icon, and then choose the option that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3155849"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3155120" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3155126" src="sw/res/sc20235.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3155126">Icon Drag mode</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147042" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Drag mode</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NAVI_DRAG_HYP" id="bm_id3150949" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3150938">Insert As Hyperlink</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3150954" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_DRAG_HYP">Creates a hyperlink when you drag and drop an item into the current document. Click the hyperlink in the document to jump to the item that the hyperlink points to.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NAVI_DRAG_LINK" id="bm_id3154365" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3154354">Insert As Link</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3154371" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_DRAG_LINK">Inserts the selected item as a link where you drag and drop in the current document. Text is inserted as protected sections. The contents of the link are automatically updated when the source is changed. To manually update the links in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>. You cannot create links for graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NAVI_DRAG_COPY" id="bm_id3155583" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3155572">Insert As Copy</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3155589" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_DRAG_COPY">Inserts a copy of the selected item where you drag and drop in the current document. You cannot drag and drop copies of graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NAVIGATOR_LISTBOX" id="bm_id3148994" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3147340"><variable id="display">Open Documents</variable></h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3148999" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_NAVIGATOR_LISTBOX">Lists the names of all open text documents. To view the contents of a document in the Navigator window, select the name of the document in the list. The current document displayed in the Navigator is indicated by the word "active" after its name in the list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149025" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can also right-click an item in the Navigator, choose <emph>Display</emph>, and then click the document that you want to view.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id541603882412689"><variable id="outlinetracking">Outline Tracking</variable></h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id501603882441409">Set Navigator’s mode of outline tracking. This feature applies only to outline entries under <menuitem>Headings</menuitem> in the Content View frame of Navigator. To see, enable, or change the mode, right-click on <menuitem>Headings</menuitem> or an item under Headings and choose <menuitem>Outline Tracking</menuitem>. The selected mode is applied to the entire document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id161603966072360">In <menuitem>Default</menuitem> and <menuitem>Focus</menuitem> mode, Navigator will automatically select the nearest heading before the current cursor position in the document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id571603887044019"> In <menuitem>Default</menuitem> mode, the display of outline entries in Navigator is never changed, only an outline entry is selected.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id201603965501777">In <menuitem>Focus</menuitem> mode, Navigator shows only the headings for the selected outline level, relative to the next higher outline level. For example, if a level 2 heading is selected, then all level 2 headings under the same level 1 heading are shown, while any level 3-10 headings (under the same level 1 heading) are collapsed. Other headings, not under the same level 1 heading, are also collapsed.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id81603965538425">Choose <menuitem>Off</menuitem> to disable Outline Tracking.</paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1001603575103843"><link href="text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp" name="chapnavigation">Using Navigator to Arrange Headings</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#hyperlinks"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp#autohide"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73df40a3d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0102110100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Navigation</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_SCRL_NAVI" id="bm_id3149832" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147745" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Navigation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149844" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_SCRL_NAVI">If you click this icon in the Navigator or in the lower right of the document window, a toolbar will appear which enables you to choose among the existing targets within a document.</ahelp> You can then use the up and down arrow icons to position the text cursor in the document on the previous or next target.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_SCRL_PAGEUP" id="bm_id3153304" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153293" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_SCRL_PAGEUP">Click the up button to scroll to the previous page or object.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_SCRL_PAGEDOWN" id="bm_id3156109" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156098" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_SCRL_PAGEDOWN">Click the down button to scroll to the next page or object.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155076" xml-lang="en-US">By default, as long as you have not selected any other entry, the arrow buttons jump to the previous or the next page in the document. The arrow buttons are black if you are browsing through pages and blue if you jump to other objects.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154330" xml-lang="en-US">The entries largely correspond to those in the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link> selection box. You can also select other jump destinations. An example are the reminders, which you can set with the <emph>Set Reminder</emph> icon in the Navigator. You can select an object from among the following options on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar: table, frame, graphics, OLE object, page, headings, reminder, drawing object, control field, section, bookmark, selection, footnote, note, index entry, table formula, wrong table formula.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148330" xml-lang="en-US">Reminders are navigated in the order in which they are set.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148783" xml-lang="en-US">For table formulas, you can either jump to all table formulas located within your document or only to the incorrect ones. For incorrect formulas, you jump only to formulas that have resulted in errors. The program skips over formulas with resulting errors (those that reference incorrect formulas).</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150031" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Working With the Navigation Toolbar</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150045" xml-lang="en-US">Open the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar by clicking on its top left icon located on the top of the Navigator display area. You can break the toolbar away from its place by dragging and arranging it on the screen.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NAVI_VS" id="bm_id3154622" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153141" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_VS">Click the icon for the type of objects you want to browse through. Then click one of the "Previous Object" or "Next Object" arrow buttons. The names of these buttons indicate the type of object you have selected. The text cursor is placed on whichever object you have selected.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3149968" xml-lang="en-US">You can configure $[officename] according to your specific preferences for navigating within a document. To do this, choose <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Tools - Customize"><emph>Tools - Customize</emph></link>. The various tables for adapting <link href="text/shared/01/06140100.xhp" name="menus">menus</link>, <link href="text/shared/01/06140200.xhp" name="keyboard input">keyboard input</link> or toolbars contain various functions for navigation within the document under the "Navigate" area. In this way you can jump to the index tags in the document with the "To Next/Previous Index Tag" functions.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155338"><bookmark_value>searching; repeating a search</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155338" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Repeat Search</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155361" xml-lang="en-US">With the <emph>Repeat search</emph> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar you can repeat a search you started with the <emph>Search and Replace</emph> dialog. To do this, click the icon. The blue arrow buttons on the vertical scrollbar now take on the functions <emph>Continue search forwards</emph> and <emph>Continue search backwards</emph>. If you now click one of the arrow surfaces, the search will be continued for the term entered in the Search and Replace dialog.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_BKM" id="bm_id2258064" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106DD" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through bookmarks.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_CTRL" id="bm_id9021576" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106F4" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through control fields.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_DRW" id="bm_id4192327" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1070B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through drawing objects.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_FRM" id="bm_id8498794" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10722" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through frames.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_FTN" id="bm_id66835" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10739" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through footnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_GRF" id="bm_id7068697" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10750" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through graphics.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_INDEX_ENTRY" id="bm_id9798577.00000001" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10767" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through index entries.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_MARK" id="bm_id9345988" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1077E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through reminders.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_NEXT" id="bm_id3960692" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10795" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the cursor to the next object of the selected type.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_OLE" id="bm_id5234534" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107AF" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through OLE objects.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_OUTL" id="bm_id1883602" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107C6" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through headings.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_PGE" id="bm_id6152836" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107DD" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through pages.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_POSTIT" id="bm_id5230567" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107F4" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through comments.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_PREV" id="bm_id1692556" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1080B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the cursor to the previous object of the selected type.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_REG" id="bm_id9508651" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10829" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through sections.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_SEL" id="bm_id7225257" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10840" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through selections.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_SRCH_REP" id="bm_id1448408" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10857" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through search results.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_TABLE_FORMULA" id="bm_id7630237" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1086E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through table formulas.</ahelp></paragraph> +<!-- removed HID HID_NID_FORMULA_ERROR --> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_TABLE_FORMULA_ERROR" id="bm_id8653523" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10885" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through wrong table formulas.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_TBL" id="bm_id4498428" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1089C" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through tables.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a8681f8c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0102120000xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">AutoText</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="autotext"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/AutoTextDialog" id="bm_id3098317" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:EditGlossary" id="bm_id3154100" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3147512" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp" name="AutoText">AutoText</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154571" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="autotexttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditGlossary">Creates, edits, or inserts AutoText. You can store formatted text, text with graphics, tables, and fields as AutoText. To quickly insert AutoText, type the shortcut for the AutoText in your document, and then press F3.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +</section> +<tip id="par_id3143277" xml-lang="en-US">You can also click the arrow next to the <emph>AutoText</emph> icon on the <emph>Insert</emph> bar, and then choose the AutoText that you want to insert.</tip> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#autotext"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#autotext"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3148982" xml-lang="en-US">AutoText</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153640" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>AutoText </emph>dialog lists the AutoText categories and entries.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/insert" id="bm_id3152778" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152766" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Display remainder of name as a suggestion while typing</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145758" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/insert">Displays a suggestion for completing a word as a Help Tip after you type the first three letters of a word that matches an AutoText entry. To accept the suggestion, press Enter. If more than one AutoText entry matches the letters that you type, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Tab</keycode> to advance through the entries.</ahelp> For example, to insert dummy text, type "Dum", and then press Enter.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149177" xml-lang="en-US">To display the list in reverse order, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+Tab</keycode>.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/name" id="bm_id3155856" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151378" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Name</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155862" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/name">Lists the name of the currently selected AutoText entry. If you have selected text in the document, type the name of the new AutoText entry, click the <emph>AutoText </emph>button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/shortname" id="bm_id3150124" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150113" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Shortcut</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147413" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/shortname">Displays the shortcut for the selected AutoText entry. If you are creating a new AutoText entry, type the shortcut that you want to use for the entry.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149558" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">List box</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145257" xml-lang="en-US">Lists the AutoText categories. To view the AutoText entries in a category, double-click the category, or click the plus sign (+) in front of the category. To insert an AutoText entry into the current document, select the entry in the list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3153300" xml-lang="en-US">You can drag and drop AutoText entries from one category to another.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156124" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Insert</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156094" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the selected AutoText into the current document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3148788" xml-lang="en-US">If you insert an unformatted AutoText entry into a paragraph, the entry is formatted with the current paragraph style.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#close"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/autotext" id="bm_id3153121" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150039" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">AutoText</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153127" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/autotext">Click to display additional AutoText commands, for example, to create a new AutoText entry from a text selection in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/new" id="bm_id3154628" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154618" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">New</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154635" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/new">Creates a new AutoText entry from the selection that you made in the current document. The entry is added to the currently selected AutoText category. You must first enter a name before you see this command.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/newtext" id="bm_id3150662" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149643" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">New (text only)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150668" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/newtext">Creates a new AutoText entry only from the text in the selection that you made in the current document. Graphics, tables and other objects are not included. You must first enter a name before you see this command.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/copy" id="bm_id3154037" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154025" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Copy</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154043" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/copy">Copies the selected AutoText to the clipboard.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/replace" id="bm_id3149601" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149965" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Replace</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149607" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/replace">Replaces the contents of the selected AutoText entry with the selection that was made in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/rename" id="bm_id3150779" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150768" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Rename</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150786" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Rename AutoText dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp" name="Rename Text Block">Rename AutoText</link> dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#delete"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/edit" id="bm_id3155352" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155341" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Edit</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155358" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/edit">Opens the selected AutoText entry for editing in a separate document. Make the changes that you want, choose <emph>File - Save AutoText</emph>, and then choose <emph>File - Close</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/macro" id="bm_id3145100" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155555" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Macro</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145106" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Assign Macro dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp" name="Assign Macro">Assign Macro</link> dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149583" xml-lang="en-US">You can also use the macros that are linked to some of the provided AutoText entries in AutoText entries that you create. The AutoText entries must be created with the "text only" option. For example, insert the string <field:company> in an AutoText entry, and $[officename] replaces the string with the contents of the corresponding database field.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/import" id="bm_id3156263" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149597" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Import</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148937" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/import">Opens a dialog where you can select the 97/2000/XP Word document or template, containing the AutoText entries that you want to import.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/categories" id="bm_id3156049" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156038" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Categories</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156055" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/categories">Adds, renames, or deletes AutoText categories.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/EditCategoriesDialog" id="bm_id3159229" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159217" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit Categories</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145173" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/EditCategoriesDialog">Adds, renames, or deletes AutoText categories.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/name" id="bm_id3150796" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145192" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Category</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150802" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/name">Displays the name of the selected AutoText category. To change the name of the category, type a new name, and then click <emph>Rename</emph>. To create a new category, type a name, and then click <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/pathlb" id="bm_id3155328" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155318" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Path</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155335" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/pathlb">Displays the current path to the directory where the selected AutoText category files are stored. If you are creating an AutoText category, select where you want to store the category files.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/new" id="bm_id3154421" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154410" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">New</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154933" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/new">Creates a new AutoText category using the name that you entered in the<emph> Name</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/rename" id="bm_id3153372" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154959" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Rename</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153379" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/rename">Changes the name of the selected AutoText category to the name that you enter in the <emph>Name </emph>box.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/group" id="bm_id3154131" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154120" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Selection list</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154137" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/group">Lists the existing AutoText categories and the corresponding paths.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#delete2"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/path" id="bm_id3154845" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145615" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Path</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154852" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Edit Paths dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010301.xhp" name="Edit Paths">Edit Paths</link> dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156064" xml-lang="en-US">To add a new path to an AutoText directory, click the <emph>Path</emph> button in the <emph>AutoText </emph>dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155383" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Save links relative to</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155396" xml-lang="en-US">Use this area to set the way $[officename] inserts links to the AutoText directory. </paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/relfile" id="bm_id3148755" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148743" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">File system</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148762" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/relfile">Links to AutoText directories on your computer are relative.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/relnet" id="bm_id3153031" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153020" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Internet</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153037" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/relnet">Links to files on the Internet are relative.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..26ffb84cf --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0102120100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Rename AutoText</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/RenameAutoTextDialog" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155920" localize="false"/> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/@@nowidget@@" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> + <paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3155144" xml-lang="en-US">Rename AutoText</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149171" xml-lang="en-US">Allows you to change the name of an AutoText entry.</paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#autotextum"/> +</section> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/oldname" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155921" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3155910" xml-lang="en-US">Name</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151372" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/oldname" visibility="visible">Displays the current name of the selected AutoText item.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newname" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155869" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3155858" xml-lang="en-US">New</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150686" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newname" visibility="visible">Type the new name for the selected AutoText component.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/oldsc" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150122" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newsc" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3145576" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3150110" xml-lang="en-US">Shortcut</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145583" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newsc" visibility="visible">Assigns a shortcut to the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1420907c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0102130000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Bibliography Entry</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:AuthoritiesEntryDialog" id="bm_id3717844" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147434" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Bibliography Entry</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3145253" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bibliography_entry_text"><variable id="litvz"><ahelp hid=".uno:AuthoritiesEntryDialog">Edits the selected bibliography entry.</ahelp></variable></variable></paragraph> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#lit"/> +</section> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147340" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Entry</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155961" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Short name</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154657" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the abbreviation for the bibliography entry.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3148837" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Author, Title</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3152741" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the author and title information contained in the bibliography entry.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3150214" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Apply</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154766" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Applies the changes that you made, and then closes the <emph>Edit Bibliography Entry </emph>dialog.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3146968" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Close</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3166468" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Closes the dialog.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147299" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">New</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3151389" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can create a new entry.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3150534" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Edit</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3155620" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can edit the current entry.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<paragraph id="par_id3154560" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp" name="Tips for working with bibliography entries">Tips for working with bibliography entries</link>.</paragraph> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6f51b126 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0102140000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Fields</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FieldDialog" id="bm_id85243" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3150493">Edit Fields</h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3151184" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="fields_text"><variable id="feldbefehltext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FieldDialog">Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of a field. Click in front of a field, and then choose this command.</ahelp> In the dialog, you can use the arrow buttons to move to the previous or the next field. </variable></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3151168" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can also double-click a field in your document to open the field for editing.</paragraph> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#feldbefehl"/> +</section> +<tip id="par_id3153668">To change the view between field names and field contents in your document, choose <emph>View - Field Names</emph>.</tip> +<note id="par_id3149106">If you select a <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde" name="DDE">DDE</link> link in your document, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - Fields</item>, the <link href="text/shared/01/02180000.xhp" name="Edit Links"><emph>Edit Links</emph></link> dialog opens.</note> +<note id="par_id3149036">If you click in front of a "sender" type field, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - Fields</item>, the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp" name="User data"><emph>User data</emph></link> dialog opens.</note> + +<h2 id="hd_id3145765">Type</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3155142" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Lists the type of field that you are editing.</paragraph> +<note id="par_id3151371">The following dialog elements are only visible when the corresponding field type is selected.</note> + +<h2 id="hd_id3150687">Select</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3150700" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Lists the field options, for example, "fixed". If you want, you can click another option for the selected field type.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/numformat" id="bm_id3155866" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3155854">Format</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3147409" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/numformat">Select the format for the contents of the field. For date, time, and user-defined fields, you can also click "Additional formats" in the list, and then choose a different format.</ahelp> The formats that are available depend on the type of field that you are editing.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3149556">Offset</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3145256" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the offset for the selected field type, for example, for "Next Page," "Page Numbers" or "Previous Page". You can enter a new offset value which will be added to the displayed page number.</paragraph> +<warning id="par_id5081637">If you want to change the actual page number and not the displayed number, do not use the <emph>Offset</emph> value. To change page numbers, read the <link href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp" name="Page Numbers"><emph>Page Numbers</emph></link> guide.</warning> + +<h2 id="hd_id3145269">Level</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3150559" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Change the defined values and outline levels for the "Chapter" field type.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3147744">Name</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3149834" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the name of a field variable. If you want, you can enter a new name.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3148844">Value</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3148857" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the current value of the field variable. If you want, you can enter a new value.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#fixedcontent"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3153306">Condition</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3156124" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the condition that must be met for the field to be activated. If you want, you can enter a new <link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp" name="condition">condition</link>.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3156103">Then, Else</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3155073" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Change the field contents that are displayed depending on whether the field condition is met or not.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#macro"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3154326">Reference</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3154339" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Insert or modify the reference text for the selected field.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3148785">Macro name</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3148798" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the name of the macro assigned to the selected field.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3150097">Placeholder</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3150027" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the placeholder text of the selected field.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3150041">Insert Text</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3153126" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the text that is linked to a condition.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3153140">Formula</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3154624" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the formula of a formula field.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#invisible"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#apply"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#delete"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3150658">Database selection</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3150671" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Select a registered database that you want to insert the selected field from. You can also change the table or query that the selected field refers to.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3154025">Record number</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3154039" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the database record number that is inserted when the condition specified for the "Any record" field type is met. </paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_DLG_FLDEDT_PREV" id="bm_id3149971" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3149960">Left Arrow</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3149602" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_DLG_FLDEDT_PREV">Jumps to the previous field of the same type in the document.</ahelp> This button is only active when a document contains more than one field of the same type.</paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3149623"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3155341" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3155348" src="res/lc06301.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3155348">Icon Previous Field</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3148728" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Previous Field</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_DLG_FLDEDT_NEXT" id="bm_id3155552" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3155541">Right Arrow</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3146846" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_DLG_FLDEDT_NEXT">Jumps to the next field of the same type in the document.</ahelp> This button is only active when a document contains more than one field of the same type.</paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3146867"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145117" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3149575" src="res/lc06300.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149575">Icon Next Field</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3146891" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Next Field</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81871eaba --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0102150000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Footnote or Endnote</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="footnote_endnote"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:EditFootnote" id="bm_id8871205" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3143276"><link href="text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp" name="Edit Footnotes">Edit Footnote or Endnote</link></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3149097" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="footnote_endnote_text"><variable id="fusstext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditFootnote">Edits the selected footnote or endnote anchor. Click in front of the footnote or endnote, and then choose this command.</ahelp> </variable></variable></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#fussnote"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id3149035" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To edit the text of a footnote or endnote, click in the footnote area at the bottom of the page, or at the end of the document.</paragraph> +<note id="par_id3145776">To quickly jump to the footnote or endnote text, click the anchor for note in the document. You can also position the cursor in front of or behind the marker, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+PgDn</keycode>. To jump back to the anchor for the note, press <keycode>PgUp</keycode>.</note> + +<h2 id="hd_id3155916">Numbering</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3151373" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Select the numbering type for the footnote or endnote.</paragraph> + +<h3 id="hd_id3150685">Auto</h3> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#bearbeitenautomatisch"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3155858">Character</h3> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#bearbeitenzeichen"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3150113">Choose</h3> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#bearbeitensonderzeichen"/> +<tip id="par_id3149849">To change the format of a footnote or endnote anchor or text, select it, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Character</item>. You can press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+T +</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <emph>Styles</emph> window and modify the footnote or endnote paragraph style.</tip> + +<h2 id="hd_id3153296">Type</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3153308" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Select the type of note to insert, that is, footnote or endnote. A footnote is placed at the bottom of the current page, whereas an endnote is placed at the end of the document.</paragraph> + +<h3 id="hd_id3156130">Footnote</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3156098" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Converts an endnote to a footnote.</paragraph> + +<h3 id="hd_id3156111">Endnote</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3155079" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Converts a footnote to an endnote.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/prev" id="bm_id3154335" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3154323">Arrow left</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3154341" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/prev">Moves to the previous footnote or endnote anchor in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3148791"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150023" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3150030" src="res/lc06301.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3150030">Icon Previous footnote</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154614" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Previous footnote</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/next" id="bm_id3149631" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3154630">Arrow right</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3149638" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/next">Moves to the next footnote or endnote anchor in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3150662"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154029" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3154044" src="res/lc06300.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3154044">Icon Next footnote</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3149606" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Next footnote</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<paragraph id="par_id3150772" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp" name="Insert Footnote">Insert Footnote/Endnote</link> dialog.</paragraph> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8ad7f5d43 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0102160000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Index Entry</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:IndexEntryDialog" id="bm_id5051951" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/IndexEntryDialog-edit" id="bm_id3154489" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectindexdialog/SelectIndexDialog" id="bm_id3154490" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectindexdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3154567">Edit Index Entry</h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3151314" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="index_entry_text"><variable id="verzeichniseintragtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:IndexEntryDialog">Edits the selected index entry. Click in front of or in the index entry, and then choose this command.</ahelp> </variable></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3155896" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To insert an index entry, select a word in the document, and then choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp" name="Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry"><item type="menuitem">Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</item></link>.</paragraph> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#index_entry"/> +</section> + +<h2 id="hd_id3159193">Selection</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3149486" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Edits the selected index entry.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/typecb-edit" id="bm_id3143283" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3143272">Index</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3151251" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/typecb-edit">Displays the type of index that the selected entry belongs to.</ahelp> You cannot change the index type of an index entry in this dialog. Instead, you must delete the index entry from the document, and then insert it again in a different index type.</paragraph> + +<h3 id="hd_id3149107">Entry</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3149823" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/entryed">Edit the index entry if necessary. When you modify the index entry, the new text only appears in the index, and not at the index entry anchor in the document. </ahelp> For example, you can enter an index with comments such as "Basics, see also General".</paragraph> + +<h3 id="hd_id3149036">1st key</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3153631" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key1cb">To create a multilevel index, type the name of the first level index entry, or select a name from the list. The current index entry is added below this name.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<h3 id="hd_id3152773">2nd key</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3145758" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key2cb">Type the name of the second level index entry, or select a name from the list. The current index entry is added below this name.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<h3 id="hd_id3155143">Level</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3149170" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/levelnf">Changes the outline level of a table of contents entry.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#phonetic"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/delete" id="bm_id3155912" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3145785">Delete</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3155919" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/delete">Deletes the selected entry from the index. The entry text in the document is not deleted.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/first" id="bm_id3155863" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3151384">End arrow to left</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3155869" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/first">Jumps to the first index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3150123"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147420" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3149551" src="sd/res/nv03.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149551">Icon End arrow to left</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150550" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">End arrow to left</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/last" id="bm_id3147747" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3147736">End arrow to right</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3149829" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/last">Jumps to the last index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3149848"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153298" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3153309" src="sd/res/nv06.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3153309">Icon End arrow to right</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3156108" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">End arrow to right</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/previous" id="bm_id3155091" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3155080">Arrow to left</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3154327" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/previous">Jumps to the previous index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3150084"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3148785" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3148791" src="cmd/sc_prevrecord.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3148791">Icon Left Arrow</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153129" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Left Arrow</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/next" id="bm_id3154628" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3154617">Arrow to right</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3154633" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/next">Jumps to the next index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3149640"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150677" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3154020" src="sd/res/nv05.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3154020">Icon Right Arrow</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3149965" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Right Arrow</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<tip id="par_id3155539">You can jump quickly to index entries with the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp" name="Navigation Bar">Navigation Bar</link>.</tip> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0766b1c63 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0102170000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Sections</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:EditRegion" id="bm_id7890801" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/EditSectionDialog" id="bm_id3155897" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153673" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Edit Sections</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155902" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bereichetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditRegion">Changes the properties of sections defined in your document.</ahelp> To insert a section, select text or click in your document, and then choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#bereiche"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143275" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Edit Sections</emph> dialog is similar to the <link href="text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp" name="Insert - Section"><emph>Insert - Section</emph></link> dialog, and offers the following additional options:</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree" id="bm_id3149097" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149820" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Section</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149104" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree">Type the name of the section that you want to edit, or click a name in the <emph>Section </emph>list.</ahelp> If the cursor is currently in a section, the section name is displayed on the right side of the status bar at the bottom of the document window.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149040" xml-lang="en-US">The current write protection status of a section is indicated by the lock symbol in front of the section name in the list. An open lock is unprotected and a closed lock is protected. Similarly, visible sections are indicated by a glasses symbol.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153638" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152773" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp" name="Options"><emph>Options</emph></link> dialog, where you can edit the column layout, background, footnote and endnote behavior of the selected section.</ahelp> If the section is password protected, you must enter the password first.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/remove" id="bm_id3156269" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155143" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Remove</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145413" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/remove">Removes the selected section from the document, and inserts the contents of the section into the document.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd72ff252 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0103050000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Rulers</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="rulers"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Ruler" id="bm_id8671021" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3149287" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp" name="Rulers">Rulers</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3147514" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Contains a submenu for showing or hiding the horizontal and vertical rulers.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<paragraph id="hd_id110120150347243313" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Rulers</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3147517" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Show or hide the horizontal ruler and if activate, the vertical ruler. The horizontal ruler can be used to adjust page horizontal margins, tab stops, indents, borders, table cells, and to arrange objects on the page.</paragraph> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#lineal"/> +</section> + +<paragraph id="hd_id110120150347244029" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Vertical Ruler</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id110120150347249577" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Show or hide the vertical ruler. The vertical ruler can be used to adjust page vertical margins, table cells, and object heights on the page.</paragraph> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph id="par_idN1061A" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"> <embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#ruler"/> </paragraph> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df47d5fe --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0103070000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Text Boundaries</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="text_boundaries"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ViewBounds" id="bm_id2681690" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3145418" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp" name="Text Boundaries">Text Boundaries</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3151310" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Shows or hides the boundaries of the printable area of a page. The boundary lines are not printed.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#textbegrenzungen"/> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..23c707f80 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0103080000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Field Shadings</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="field_shadings"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Marks" id="bm_id9217820" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3151177" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp" name="Field Shadings">Field Shadings</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3147513" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Shows or hides shadings around fields in your document like non-breaking spaces, soft hyphens, indexes, and footnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#field_shadings"/> +</section> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph id="par_id3153540" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp" name="Formatting Marks On/Off">Formatting Marks On/Off</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8125574c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0103090000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Field Names</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="field_names"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Fieldnames" id="bm_id4185417" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3154505" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp" name="Field Names">Field Names</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3147171" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Switches between showing fields as field names or field values.</ahelp> When enabled the field names are displayed, and when disabled the field values displayed. Some field contents cannot be displayed.</paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#field_names"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id3149287" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To change the default field display to field names instead of the field contents, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph>, and then select the <emph>Field codes</emph> checkbox in the <emph>Display</emph> area.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154098" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">When you print a document with <item type="menuitem">View - Field Names</item> enabled, you are prompted to include the field names in the print out.</paragraph> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph id="par_id102720151029387618" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Insert - Field">Insert - Field</link>.</paragraph> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e93b6f3bc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0103100000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Formatting Marks</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="nonprinting_chars"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ControlCodes" id="bm_id9113552" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3154507"><link href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp" name="Formatting Marks">Formatting Marks</link></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3154646" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Shows hidden formatting symbols in your text, such as paragraph marks, line breaks, tab stops, and spaces.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#formatting_marks"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id3145410" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">When you delete a paragraph mark, the paragraph that is merged takes on the formatting of the paragraph that the cursor is in.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3147511" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To specify which formatting marks are displayed, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - </menuitem><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp" name="Writer - Formatting Aids"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</menuitem></link>, and then select the options that you want in the <emph>Display formatting</emph> area.</paragraph> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..808a7d170 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0103120000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Web Layout</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="web_layout"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:BrowseView" id="bm_id374616" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3145243" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp" name="Web Layout">Web Layout</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154646" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="web_layout_text"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the document as it would be viewed in a Web browser.</ahelp> This is useful when you create HTML documents.</variable></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#webbrowser"/> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b486dc8b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0103130000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Normal Layout</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="normal_layout"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:PrintLayout" id="bm_id8907078" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3150018" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp" name="Normal Layout">Normal Layout</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3145249" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="normal_layout_text"><ahelp hid=".">Displays how the document will look when you print it.</ahelp></variable></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#normal_layout"/> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df3469006 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0103140000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Field Hidden Paragraphs</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> +<section id="hidden_paragraphs"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ShowHiddenParagraphs" id="bm_id8952760" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3155959" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp" name="Hidden Paragraphs">Field Hidden Paragraphs</link></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3150251" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Shows or hides hidden paragraphs.</ahelp> This option only affects the screen display of hidden paragraphs, and not the printing of hidden paragraphs.</paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#hidden_para"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id3157875" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">To enable this feature, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp" name="Writer - Formatting Aids"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph></link>, and ensure that the <emph>Hidden paragraphs</emph> check box in the <emph>Display fields</emph> area is selected.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154501" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Use the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="field command">field command</link> "Hidden Paragraph" to assign a <link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp" name="condition">condition</link> that must be met to hide a paragraph. If the condition is not met, the paragraph is displayed.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3083451" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">When you hide a paragraph, footnotes and frames that are anchored to characters in the paragraph are also hidden.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bb0a94c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104010000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Manual Break</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertBreak" id="bm_id1881914" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/BreakDialog" id="bm_id3150015" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id991649682491332"> +<bookmark_value>manual break;next full line</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>manual break;right</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>manual break;clear right</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>clear right;manual break</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>manual break;clear left</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>manual break;left</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>clear left;manual break</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>manual break;next line</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 id="hd_id3145827"><variable id="ManualBreak_h1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp" name="04010000_link">Insert Manual Break</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3147176" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="manual_break_text"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertBreak">Inserts a manual line break, column break or a page break at the current cursor position.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#ManualBreak"/> +</section> + +<h2 id="hd_id3151176" xml-lang="en-US">Type</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3145420" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Select the type of break that you want to insert.</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/linerb" id="bm_id3154108" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3154097" xml-lang="en-US">Line Break</h3> +<section id="row_break"> +<paragraph id="par_id3149805" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Ends the current line, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the next line, without creating a new paragraph.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149806" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The restart location specifies where the next line will start after a line break.</paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id781648827677698">Possible values are below.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id251648822718602">Original text layout:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id341648819712404" xml-lang="en-US"> + <image src="media/helpimg/line_break_sample_orig.png" id="img_id941648819712405" width="477px" height="215px"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id361648819712406">Original text layout</alt></image> +</paragraph> +<table id="tab_id451648813862660"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id191648813862661" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Value</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id251648813862662" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Formatting Mark</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id61648813862663" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Meaning</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id141648813862664" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">[None]</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id71648813862665" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US"> + <image src="media/helpimg/line_break_none.png" id="img_id71648815500904" width="25px" height="44px"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id121648815500905">Line break none</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id811648813862667" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Continue right after the current line.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id346648819712404" xml-lang="en-US"> + <image src="media/helpimg/line_break_sample_none.png" id="img_id941148819712405" width="477px" height="215px"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id361648819752406">Example of line break None (default)</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id991648813999363" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" >Next Full Line</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id401648813999364" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" ><image src="media/helpimg/line_break_full.png" id="img_id71638815500904" width="25px" height="44px"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id121648815501905">Line break full</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id871648813999365" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" >Continue at the next full line, that is below all of the anchored objects intersecting with the current line.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id341641819712404" xml-lang="en-US"> + <image src="media/helpimg/line_break_sample_full.png" id="img_id341648819712405" width="477px" height="215px"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id961648819712406">Example of line break Next full line</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id161648814025099" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" >Left</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id731748814025100" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" ><image src="media/helpimg/line_break_left.png" id="img_id71647815500904" width="25px" height="44px"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id121648815500905">Line break left</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id791648814025101" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" >Continue at the next line which is unblocked on the left hand side.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id351648819712404" xml-lang="en-US"> + <image src="media/helpimg/line_break_sample_left.png" id="img_id941649819712405" width="477px" height="215px"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id321648819712406">Example of Line break left</alt></image> </paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id271648814369416" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" >Right</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id801648814369418" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" ><image src="media/helpimg/line_break_right.png" id="img_id71648815500904" width="25px" height="44px"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id121648815500905">Line break right</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id671648814369419" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" >Continue at the next line which is unblocked on the right hand side.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id341648819715404" xml-lang="en-US"> + <image src="media/helpimg/line_break_sample_right.png" id="img_id94164883712405" width="477px" height="215px"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id361648819712407">Example of Line break right</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id961648814424612">The default value for the line break is none.</paragraph> + +<tip id="par_id3149685" xml-lang="en-US">You can also insert a default line break by pressing <keycode>Shift+Enter</keycode>.</tip> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/columnrb" id="bm_id3155176" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3148566" xml-lang="en-US">Column Break</h3> +<section id="column_break"> +<paragraph id="par_id3155182" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a manual column break (in a multiple column layout), and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next <link href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp" name="column">column</link>. A manual column break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new column.</paragraph> +<tip id="par_id61601653541581">Insert a column break by pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+Enter</keycode></tip> +</section> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/pagerb" id="bm_id3149096" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149487" xml-lang="en-US">Page Break</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3149102" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a manual page break, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next page. The inserted page break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new page.</paragraph> +<tip id="par_id3145758" xml-lang="en-US">You can also insert a page break by pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode> +</caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Enter</keycode>. However, if you want to assign the following page a different Page Style, you must use the menu command to insert the manual page break.</tip> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/stylelb" id="bm_id3156270" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149175" xml-lang="en-US">Page Style</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3156275" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Select the page style for the page that follows the manual page break.</paragraph> +<tip id="par_id71633464502255">To switch between landscape and portrait orientation, choose the <emph>Default Page Style</emph> to apply portrait orientation or the <emph>Landscape</emph> style to apply landscape orientation.</tip> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/pagenumcb" id="bm_id3155911" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3145782" xml-lang="en-US">Change page number</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3155917" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Assigns the page number that you specify to the page that follows the manual page break. This option is only available if you assign a different page style to the page that follows manual page break.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/pagenumsb" id="bm_id3150693" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3151384" xml-lang="en-US">Page number</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3150700" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Enter the new page number for the page that follows the manual page break.</paragraph> +<note id="par_id3150554" xml-lang="en-US">To display manual breaks, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp" name="View - Nonprinting Characters"><menuitem>View - Nonprinting Characters</menuitem></link>.</note> + + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp#page_break"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#pageorientation"/> + </section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8a5b999c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104020000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Section</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertSection" id="bm_id3149809" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3154108"> +<variable id="bereicheinfuegen"><link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp" name="Insert Section">Insert Section</link> +</variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154480" xml-lang="en-US"> +<variable id="bereich"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts a text section at the cursor position in the document. You can also select a block of text and then choose this command to create a section. You can use sections to insert blocks of text from other documents, to apply custom column layouts, or to protect or to hide blocks of text if a condition is met.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#insert_section"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152955" xml-lang="en-US">You can insert an entire document in a section, or a named section from another. You can also insert a section as a <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde" name="DDE">DDE</link> link.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149684" xml-lang="en-US">To edit a section, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp" name="Format - Sections"><emph>Format - Sections</emph></link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155183" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Insert Section </emph>dialog contains the following tabs:</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#section"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#columns"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp#indents"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp#area"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#footnotes_endnotes"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3151257">Insert</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149102" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the section that you defined at the current cursor position in the document.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7a08febae --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104020100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Section</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="section"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id5941038"><bookmark_value>sections;inserting sections by DDE</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>DDE; command for inserting sections</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/SectionPage" id="bm_id3145414" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/EditSectionDialog" id="bm_id3145415" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3157557" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp" name="Section">Section</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154644" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Sets the properties of the section.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#bereicheinbereich"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/sectionname" id="bm_id3145413" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/curname" id="bm_id8467970" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151170" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New Section</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145420" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Type a name for the new section.</ahelp> By default, $[officename] automatically assigns the name "Section X" to new sections, where X is a consecutive number.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154102" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Link</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/link" id="bm_id3153532" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/link" id="bm_id3153536" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149806" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Link</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154472" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts the contents of another document or section from another document in the current section.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/dde" id="bm_id3154569" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/dde" id="bm_id3154573" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153672" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">DDE<comment>UFI: WIN only, while fixing #109638#</comment></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151310" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a <emph>DDE </emph>link. Select this check box, and then enter the <emph>DDE </emph>command that you want to use. The <emph>DDE</emph> option is only available if the <emph>Link</emph> check box is selected.</ahelp></paragraph> +<section id="DDE_Statement"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143280" xml-lang="en-US">The general syntax for a DDE command is: "<Server> <Topic> <Item>", where server is the DDE name for the application that contains the data. Topic refers to the location of the Item (usually the file name), and Item represents the actual object.</paragraph> +</section> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149098" xml-lang="en-US">For example, to insert a section named "Section1" from a $[officename] text document abc.odt as a DDE link, use the command: "soffice x:\abc.odt Section1". To insert the contents of the first cell from a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet file called "abc.xls", use the command: "excel x:\[abc.xls]Sheet1 z1s1". You can also copy the elements that you want to insert as a DDE link, and then <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>. You can then view the DDE command for the link, by selecting the contents and choosing <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/filename" id="bm_id3149038" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/filename" id="bm_id3149042" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153640" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">File name<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN"> / DDE command +</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145754" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the path and the filename for the file that you want to insert, or click the <emph>Browse</emph> button to locate the file.</ahelp><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN"> If the <emph>DDE </emph>check box is selected, enter the DDE command that you want to use. +</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/selectfile" id="bm_id3155148" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/file" id="bm_id3156266" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155136" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Browse</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156274" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Locate the file that you want to insert as a link, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/sectionname" id="bm_id3145781" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/section" id="bm_id3145785" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149180" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Section</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155910" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the section in the file that you want to insert as a link.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151373" xml-lang="en-US">When you open a document that contains linked sections, you are prompted to update the links.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150687" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Write Protection</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/protect" id="bm_id3155864" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/protect" id="bm_id3155868" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150700" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Protect</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150110" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Prevents the selected section from being edited.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/withpassword" id="bm_id3145273" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/withpassword" id="bm_id3145274" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145261" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">With password</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149555" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Protects the selected section with a password. The password must have a minimum of 5 characters.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/password" id="bm_id3150561" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/selectpassword" id="bm_id3147735" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150549" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Password</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147742" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can change the current password.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146333" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Hide</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/hide" id="bm_id3149843" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/hide" id="bm_id3149847" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149830" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Hide</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148849" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Hides and prevents the selected section from being printed.</ahelp> The components of a hidden sections appear gray in the Navigator. When you rest your mouse pointer over a hidden component in the Navigator, the Help tip "hidden" is displayed.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3155074" xml-lang="en-US">You cannot hide a section if it is the only content on a page, or in a header, footer, footnote, frame, or table cell.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/withcond" id="bm_id3154334" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/condition" id="bm_id3154338" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154323" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">With condition</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154343" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the condition that must be met to hide the section.</ahelp> A condition is a <link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp" name="logical expression">logical expression</link>, such as "SALUTATION EQ Mr.". For example, if you use the <link href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp" name="mail merge">mail merge</link> form letter feature to define a database field called "Salutation" that contains "Mr.", "Ms.", or "Sir or Madam", you can then specify that a section will only be printed if the salutation is "Mr.".</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150086" xml-lang="en-US">Another example would be to create the field variable "x" and set its value to 1. Then specify a condition based on this variable for hiding a section, such as: "x eq 1". If you want to display the section, set the value of the variable "x" to "0".</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN108DF" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Properties</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN108E3" xml-lang="en-US">You see this area of the dialog when the current document is an XForms document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN108E6" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Editable in read-only document</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN108EA" xml-lang="en-US">Select to allow editing of the section's contents even if the document is opened in read-only mode.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150032" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Field commands">Field commands</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3158420" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp" name="Syntax for conditions">Syntax for conditions</link></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a21a26d93 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104020200xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Indents (Sections)</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="indents"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/IndentPage" id="bm_id3149819" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3155898" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp" name="Indents">Indents</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155182" xml-lang="en-US">Indents the section with a left and right margin.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#sectionindents"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/before" id="bm_id3149818" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3149488" xml-lang="en-US">Before section</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149824" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/before">Specifies the indents before the section, at the left margin.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/after" id="bm_id3151258" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3149108" xml-lang="en-US">After section</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148970" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/after">Specifies the indents after the section, at the right margin.</ahelp></paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp#bereicheinfuegen"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149032" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Field commands">Field commands</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6abcc8a44 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104030000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Footnote/Endnote</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertFootnoteDialog" id="bm_id1360835" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertFootnote" id="bm_id4793576" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertEndnote" id="bm_id5303788" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/InsertFootnoteDialog" id="bm_id3148771" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145241" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp" name="Insert Footnote">Footnote/Endnote</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147167" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="fussnoteein"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFootnote">Inserts a footnote or an endnote in the document. The anchor for the note is inserted at the current cursor position.</ahelp> You can choose between automatic numbering or a custom symbol. +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154645" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="endnoten">The following applies to both footnotes and endnotes. +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151175" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="endnotetext">Footnotes are inserted at the end of a page, and endnotes are inserted at the end of a document. +</variable><comment>UFI: what about sections? Will endnotes be placed there?</comment></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#insert_footnote_endnote"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154106" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Numbering</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149812" xml-lang="en-US">Select the type of numbering that you want to use for footnotes and endnotes.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/automatic" id="bm_id3154482" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154470" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Automatic</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153670" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bearbeitenautomatisch"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/automatic">Automatically assigns consecutive numbers to the footnotes or endnotes that you insert.</ahelp> To change the settings for automatic numbering, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp" name="Tools - Footnotes"><emph>Tools - Footnotes and Endnotes</emph></link>. +</variable></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/character" id="bm_id3152963" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/characterentry" id="bm_id3152962" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152952" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Character</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155901" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bearbeitenzeichen"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/characterentry">Choose this option to define a character or symbol for the current footnote.</ahelp> This can be either a letter, number or special character.</variable></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/choosecharacter" id="bm_id3153519" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155185" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Choose</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153526" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bearbeitensonderzeichen"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/choosecharacter">Inserts a <link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp" name="special character ">special character </link> as a footnote or endnote anchor.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149493" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Type</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151256" xml-lang="en-US">Select whether to insert a footnote or an endnote. Endnote numbering is separate from the footnote numbering.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/footnote" id="bm_id3148974" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149104" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Footnote</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148981" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/footnote">Inserts a footnote anchor at the current cursor position in the document, and adds a footnote to the bottom of the page.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/endnote" id="bm_id3149046" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153644" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Endnote</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152770" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/endnote">Inserts an endnote anchor at the current cursor position in the document, and adds an endnote at the end of the document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#footnote_usage"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#fussendnotenh1"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f16025c79 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104040000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Bookmark</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id4974211"> + <bookmark_value>bookmarks;inserting</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<comment>UFI: added "bookmarks;inserting" index</comment> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertBookmark" id="bm_id7360340" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/InsertBookmarkDialog" id="bm_id3147517" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3147506">Insert Bookmark</h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3149806" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bookmark_text"><variable id="textmarkeein"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertBookmark">Inserts a bookmark at the cursor position. You can then use the Navigator to quickly jump to the marked location at a later time.</ahelp> In an HTML document, bookmarks are converted to anchors that you can jump to from a hyperlink.</variable></variable></paragraph> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#insert_bookmark"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id3153677" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To jump to a specific bookmark, press <keycode>F5</keycode> to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link>, click the plus sign (+) next to the<emph> Bookmarks</emph> entry, and then double-click the bookmark.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3151308" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"> +</caseinline><defaultinline>You can also right-click the <emph>Page Number</emph> field at the left end of the <emph>Status Bar</emph> at the bottom of the document window, and then choose the bookmark that you want to jump to.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/name" id="bm_id611581952943620" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3154143" xml-lang="en-US">Name</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3155178" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/bookmarks">Type the name of the bookmark that you want to create. Then, click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149483" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You cannot use the following characters in a bookmark name: / \ @ : * ? " ; , . #</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/bookmarks" id="bm_id3154200" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3154188" xml-lang="en-US">Bookmarks</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id171581934040077">Lists all the bookmarks in the current document.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/rename" id="bm_id461581953514622" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id32341878" xml-lang="en-US">Rename</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id971581935166865">To rename a bookmark, select the bookmark, press <emph>Rename</emph>, then type the new name in the dialog box.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/delete" id="bm_id3149095" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3149817" xml-lang="en-US">Delete</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3151251" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/delete">To delete a bookmark, select the bookmark and click the <emph>Delete</emph> button. No confirmation dialog will follow.</ahelp></paragraph> +<note id="par_id231581943669611">If bookmarks are protected, then they cannot be deleted or renamed.</note> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/goto" id="bm_id221581953080755" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3149838" xml-lang="en-US">Go to</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id511581935446495">To move the cursor in the document to a bookmark, select the bookmark, then press <emph>Go to</emph>.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#close2"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..516870d83 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104060000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Caption</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertCaptionDialog" id="bm_id764454" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/InsertCaptionDialog" id="bm_id3150765" localize="false"/> + +<section id="caption"> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147173" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp" name="Caption">Caption</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149288" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="beschrifttext"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a numbered caption to a selected image, table, chart, frame, or shape.</ahelp> You can also access this command by right-clicking the item that you want to add the caption to. </variable></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#insert_caption"/> +</section> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3154098" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Properties</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149804" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Set the caption options for the current selection.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/category" id="bm_id3154567" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3153533" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Category</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154574" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/category">Select the caption category, or type a name to create a new category. The category text appears before the caption number in the caption label. Each predefined caption category is formatted with a paragraph style of the same name. </ahelp> For example, the "Illustration" caption category is formatted with the "Illustration" paragraph style.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/numbering" id="bm_id3152956" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3153675" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Numbering</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3152962" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/numbering">Select the type of numbering that you want to use in the caption.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/num_separator_edit" id="bm_id3155905" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155893" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Caption</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149688" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/num_separator_edit">Type the text that you want to appear after the caption number.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/separator_edit" id="bm_id7607959" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="par_idN1068A" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Separator</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN10690" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter optional text characters to appear between the number and the caption text.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/position" id="bm_id4664754" localize="false"/><comment>moved help id to here</comment> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3154199" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Position</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149486" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/position">Adds the caption above or below the selected item. This option is only available for some objects.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3149043" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp" name="Options">Options</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp#optionentext"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/auto" id="bm_id72939" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="par_idN10744" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">AutoCaption</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN1074A" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Caption dialog. It has the same information as the dialog you get by menu %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption in the Options dialog box.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8189ce30f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104060100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Options</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/options" id="bm_id3151170" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149287" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Options</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151177" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="optionentext"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/options">Adds the chapter number to the caption label. To use this feature, you must first assign an <link href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp" name="outline level">outline level</link> to a paragraph style, and then apply the style to the chapter headings in your document.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#insert_caption_options"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/CaptionOptionsDialog" id="bm_id3151174" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149805" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Numbering by chapter</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153532" xml-lang="en-US">When you add chapter numbers to caption labels, the caption numbering is reset when a chapter heading is encountered. For example, if the last figure in chapter 1 is "Figure 1.12", the first figure in the next chapter would be "Figure 2.1".</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/level" id="bm_id3154479" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154574" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Level</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152954" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/level">Select the number of outline levels from the top of the chapter hierarchy down to include in the caption label.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/separator" id="bm_id3153672" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151316" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Separator</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155892" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/separator">Enter the character that you want to insert between the chapter number and the caption number.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10633" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Category and frame format</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/style" id="bm_id8001037" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10639" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Character style</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1063F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the character style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/border_and_shadow" id="bm_id2826013" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143280" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Apply border and shadow</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149826" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/captionoptions/border_and_shadow">Applies the border and shadow of the object to the caption frame.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#chapter_numbering"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b1ad5fef --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104070000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Envelope</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id7094027"><bookmark_value>inserting;envelopes</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>letters;inserting envelopes</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>envelopes</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>MW made "envelopes;" a one level entry</comment> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertEnvelope" id="bm_id3025884" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145245" role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp" name="Envelope">Envelope</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149289" role="paragraph"><variable id="briefum"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertEnvelope">Creates an envelope.</ahelp> On three tab pages, you can specify the addressee and sender, the position and format for both addresses, the size of the envelope, and the envelope orientation. +</variable></paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#briefumschlag"/> + </section> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp#envelope"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#format"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#printer"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_ENVELOP_PRINT" id="bm_id3154574" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153540" role="heading" level="2">New doc.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154473" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_ENVELOP_PRINT">Creates a new document and inserts the envelope.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_ENVELOP_INSERT" id="bm_id3151314" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152959" role="heading" level="2">Insert</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151320" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_ENVELOP_INSERT">Inserts the envelope before the current page in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id8208563" role="heading" level="2">To delete an envelope from a document</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id396130" role="paragraph">Click into the envelope page to make it the current page.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7174596" role="paragraph">Right-click the field on the status line that shows "Envelope".</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7657704" role="paragraph">A submenu opens showing some page styles.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5187536" role="paragraph">Choose the "Default" page style from the submenu.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6952726" role="paragraph">This removes the special "Envelope" page formatting.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1777092" role="paragraph">Delete the frames for sender and recipient. Click the border of each frame and press the Del key.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b54da535 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104070100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Envelope</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="envelope"> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/@@nowidget@@" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/EnvAddressPage" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3148772" localize="false"/> + <paragraph id="hd_id3145243" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp" name="Envelope">Envelope</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147172" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/EnvAddressPage" visibility="visible">Enter the delivery and return addresses for the envelope. You can also insert address fields from a database, for example from the Addresses database.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#umschlagb"/> +</section> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/addredit" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151178" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3149295" xml-lang="en-US">Addressee</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145415" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/addredit" visibility="visible">Enter the delivery address.</ahelp> You can also click in this box, and select a database, a table, and field, and then click the arrow button to insert the field in the address. If you want, you can apply formatting, such as bold and underline, to the address text.</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/senderedit" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149802" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3154102" xml-lang="en-US">Sender</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3153527"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/senderedit">Includes a return address on the envelope. Select the <emph>Sender</emph> check box, and then enter the return address.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically inserts your user data in the <emph>Sender</emph> box, but you can also enter the data that you want.</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/database" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154474" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3154571" xml-lang="en-US">Database</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154480" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/database" visibility="visible">Select the database containing the address data that you want to insert.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/table" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155892" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3151310" xml-lang="en-US">Table</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155898" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/table" visibility="visible">Select the database table containing the address data that you want to insert.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/field" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154197" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/insert" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154201" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3149695" xml-lang="en-US">Database field</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155180" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/insert" visibility="visible">Select the database field containing the address data that you want to insert, and then click the left arrow button. The data is added to the address box containing the cursor.</ahelp></paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60c14049c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104070200xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Format</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="format"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/EnvFormatPage" id="bm_id3149286" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151180" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp" name="Format">Format</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149295" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/EnvFormatPage">Specifies the layout and the dimension of the envelope.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#formatbr"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147515" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Addressee</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154105" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the position and the text formatting options of the addressee field.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153527" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Position</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154563" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the position of the recipient's address on the envelope.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftaddr" id="bm_id3154482" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154471" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">from left</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152957" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftaddr">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the addressee field.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topaddr" id="bm_id3153675" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151319" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">from top</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155895" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topaddr">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the addressee field.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/addredit" id="bm_id3154195" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149692" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154201" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/addredit">Click and choose the text formatting style for the addressee field that you want to edit.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143272" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Character</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149481" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a dialog where you can edit the character formatting that is used in the addressee field.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149815" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Paragraph</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149828" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a dialog where you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the addressee field.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151262" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Sender</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149107" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the position and the text formatting options of the sender field.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148980" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Position</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149041" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the position of the sender's address on the envelope.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftsender" id="bm_id3152769" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153636" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">from left</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152776" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftsender">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the sender field.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topsender" id="bm_id3155142" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145766" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">from top</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155149" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topsender">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the sender field.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/senderedit" id="bm_id3156274" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149179" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156281" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/senderedit">Click and choose the text formatting style for the sender field that you want to edit.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145787" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Character</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155918" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a dialog where you can edit the character formatting that is used in the sender field.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151378" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Paragraph</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150112" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a dialog where you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the sender field.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150687" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Size</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150700" xml-lang="en-US">Select the envelope size format that you want to use, or create a custom size.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/format" id="bm_id3147416" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155868" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Format</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147422" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/format">Select the envelope size that want, or select "User Defined", and then enter the width and the height of the custom size.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/width" id="bm_id3145268" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145256" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Width</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149551" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/width">Enter the width of the envelope.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/height" id="bm_id3150554" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149567" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Height</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/height">Enter the height of the envelope.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dbc3e3124 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104070300xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Printer</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="printer"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/EnvPrinterPage" id="bm_id3149806" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154104" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp">Printer</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153531" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/EnvPrinterPage">Set the print options for the envelope.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#druckerbr"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152960" xml-lang="en-US">Consult the documentation that came with your printer for setting up the printer for envelopes. Depending on the printer model, envelopes may have to be placed left, right, in the middle, and either face up or face down.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horileft" id="bm_id3153675" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153665" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Horizontal left</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154564" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horileft">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the left edge of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horicenter" id="bm_id3149688" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155898" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Horizontal center</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149694" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horicenter">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horiright" id="bm_id3155186" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155174" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Horizontal right</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143273" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horiright">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the right edge of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertleft" id="bm_id3149817" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149488" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Vertical left</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149823" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertleft">Feeds the envelope vertically from the left edge of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertcenter" id="bm_id3149104" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151260" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Vertical center</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148968" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertcenter">Feeds the envelope vertically from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertright" id="bm_id3153644" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153633" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Vertical right</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149037" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertright">Feeds the envelope vertically from the right edge of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/top" id="bm_id3145757" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152773" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Print from top</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145763" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/top">Feeds the envelope with the print side face up in the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/bottom" id="bm_id3149171" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155146" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Print from bottom</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149178" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/bottom">Feeds the envelope with the print side face down in the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/right" id="bm_id3145778" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156279" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Shift right</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145784" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/right">Enter the amount to shift the print area to the right.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/down" id="bm_id3151378" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155921" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Shift down</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151383" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/down">Enter the amount to shift the print area down.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150123" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Current printer</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150696" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the name of the current printer.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/setup" id="bm_id3147411" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155862" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Setup</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147418" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/setup">Opens the Print Setup dialog where you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6bf15121 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104090000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Fields</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertField" id="bm_id3076263" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fielddialog/FieldDialog" id="bm_id3145412" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3151171" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields">Fields</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149805" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="feldbefehltext"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertField">Inserts a field at the current cursor position.</ahelp> The dialog lists all available fields.</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#insert_more_fields"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#document"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#cross_references2"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#functions"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#DocInformation"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#variables"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#database"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fielddialog/ok" id="bm_id3149692" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3155903" xml-lang="en-US">Insert</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154190" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_FIELD_INSERT">Inserts the selected field at the current cursor position in the document. To close the dialog, click the <emph>Close </emph>button.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fielddialog/cancel" id="bm_id3155186" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5591296" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Closes the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6ff3328e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104090001xml" indexer="include"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Document (Fields)</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<section id="document"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/FldDocumentPage" id="bm_id3145246" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3150017" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp" name="Document">Document</link></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3147167" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Fields are used to insert information about the current document, for example, file name, template, statistics, user data, date, and time.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#felddokument"/> +</section> + +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id911603998090123">To insert a field in your document, first select the field <emph>Type</emph>, then click in the <emph>Select</emph> list, to choose which information item should be inserted, then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> + +<section id="fieldtype"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/type" id="bm_id3153666" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3151312" xml-lang="en-US">Type</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3153672" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/type">Lists the available field types. </ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="select"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select" id="bm_id3150671" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3150660" xml-lang="en-US">Select<comment>on "Document" and "DocInformation" tab page this is called "Select", on the other tab pages "Selection"</comment></h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3150678" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select">Lists what information can be inserted for a selected field type.</ahelp></paragraph> + +</section> +<h3 id="par_id71603998444482">Available field Types and Select lists</h3> +<table id="tbl_id3149686"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3155182" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Type</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3143272" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Select list</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3151248" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Author</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3148975" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Name or initials of current user (as entered in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem> +</caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - </menuitem><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp" name="$[officename] - User Data"><menuitem>$[officename] - User Data)</menuitem></link>.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145759" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Chapter</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3149172" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the chapter number and/or the chapter name.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145771" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Date</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3151370" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the current date. You can insert the date as a fixed field - <item type="literal">Date (fixed)</item> - that does not change, or as a dynamic field - <literal>Date</literal> - that it is updated automatically. To manually update the <literal>Date</literal> field, press <keycode>F9</keycode>.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150699" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">File name</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150122" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the filename and/or the directory path of the current document, as well as the filename without extension.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147495" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Page</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145264" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the page number of the current, previous, or next page.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id821601755856152" role="tablecontent">Paragraph Signature</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id611601755863247" role="tablecontent">Inserts a meta-data field with a digital signature for the paragraph. You must have a digital certificate to sign a paragraph.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150561" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Sender</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3146341" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts fields containing user data. You can change the user-data that is displayed by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem> +</caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - </menuitem><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp" name="$[officename] - User Data"><menuitem>$[officename] - User Data</menuitem></link>.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3148863" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Statistics</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3151091" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts document statistics, such as page and word counts, as a field. To view the statistics of a document, choose <menuitem>File - Properties</menuitem>, and then click the <emph>Statistics</emph> tab. </paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153302" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Templates</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3156123" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the filename, the filename without the file extension, the path, or the path and filename of the current template. You can also insert the <literal>Template name</literal> and <literal>Category</literal> of the current template.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3146939" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Time</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154340" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the current time. You can insert the time as a fixed field - <literal>Time (fixed)</literal> - that does not change, or as a dynamic field - <literal>Time</literal> - that it is updated automatically. To manually update the <literal>Time</literal> field, press <keycode>F9</keycode>.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<tip id="par_id3155537" xml-lang="en-US">To quickly insert a field from the <emph>Select</emph> list, double-click the field.</tip> + +<section id="format"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/format" id="bm_id3145607" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3145595" xml-lang="en-US">Format</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3145613" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/format">If a field is displaying a date, time or number, then <emph>Format</emph> is used to customize the appearance of the date, time, or number. Common formats are shown in the Format window, or click "Additional formats" to define a custom format.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id3150138" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="datetimeformat">When you click "Additional formats", the <link href="text/shared/01/05020300.xhp" name="Number Format"><emph>Number Format</emph></link> dialog opens, where you can define a custom format. </variable></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154867" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If you choose "Chapter number without separator" for a chapter field, the separators that are specified for chapter number in <link href="text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp" name="Tools - Chapter numbering"><menuitem>Tools - Chapter numbering</menuitem></link> are not displayed.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3156079" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If you choose "chapter number" as the <emph>format</emph> for reference fields, only the number of the chapter heading containing the referenced object is displayed in the field. If the paragraph style for the chapter heading is not numbered, the field is left blank.</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/fixed" id="bm_id3153014" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_id0902200804313432" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Inserts the field as static content, that is, the field cannot be updated.</ahelp></paragraph> +<note id="par_id3154470" xml-lang="en-US">For the HTML export and import of date and time fields, <link href="text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#date_and_time" name="special $[officename] formats">special $[officename] formats</link> are used.</note> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#fixedcontent"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/level" id="bm_id3153038" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3153026" xml-lang="en-US">Level</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3154580" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/level">Enter outline level of the chapter to be displayed. The inserted field will display the value taken from last paragraph with the specified outline level placed before the inserted field.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/offset" id="bm_id3154610" localize="false"/> + +<section id="page_correction"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/value" id="bm_id3150903" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3150891" xml-lang="en-US">Offset</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3155312" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/value">Enter the offset value that you want to apply to a page number field, for example "+1".</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id3145188" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">With an <emph>Offset</emph> value of 1, the field will display a number that is 1 more than the current page number, but only if a page with that number exists. On the last page of the document, this same field will be empty.</paragraph> +<tip id="par_id3154948" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to change the actual page number and not the displayed number, do not use the <emph>Offset</emph> value. To change page numbers, read the <link href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp" name="Page Numbers"><emph>Page Numbers</emph></link> guide.</tip> + +<h2 id="hd_id3154598" xml-lang="en-US">Offset in days/minutes</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3154899" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/offset">Enter the offset that you want to apply to a date or time field.</ahelp></paragraph> + +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..513b5fcc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104090002xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Cross-references</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="cross_references2"> +<section id="cross_references"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertReferenceField" id="bm_id8981346" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/FieldRefPage" id="bm_id3149042" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3153641" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp" name="Cross-references">Cross-reference</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155142" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="reftext"><ahelp hid=".">This is where you insert the references or referenced fields into the current document. References are referenced fields within the same document or within sub-documents of a master document.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159197" xml-lang="en-US">The advantage of entering a cross-reference as a field is that you do not have to adjust the references manually every time you change the document. Just update the fields with F9 and the references in the document are updated too.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#insert_cross_references"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#references"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/type" id="bm_id3145772" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id4333628" xml-lang="en-US">Type</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4516129" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Selection list, and then click Insert.</ahelp> The following fields are available:</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3145784"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3151380" xml-lang="en-US">Type</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3150700" xml-lang="en-US">Meaning</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155862" xml-lang="en-US">Set Reference</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147422" xml-lang="en-US">Set target for a referenced field. Under <emph>Name</emph>, enter a name for the reference. When inserting the reference, the name will then appear as an identification in the list box <emph>Selection</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149556" xml-lang="en-US">In an HTML document, reference fields entered this way will be ignored. For the target in HTML documents, you have to <link href="text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp" name="insert a bookmark">insert a bookmark</link>.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150548" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Reference</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147746" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting a reference to another position in the document. The corresponding text position has to be defined with "Set Reference" first. Otherwise, inserting a reference by choosing a field name under <emph>Selection</emph> is not possible.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3146344" xml-lang="en-US">In master documents, you can also reference from one sub-document to another. Note that the reference name will not appear in the selection field and has to be entered "by hand".</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149847" xml-lang="en-US">In an HTML document, reference fields entered this way will be ignored. For referenced fields in HTML documents, you have to <link href="text/shared/01/05020400.xhp" name="insert a hyperlink">insert a hyperlink</link>.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id2408825" xml-lang="en-US">Headings</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id9988402" xml-lang="en-US">The Selection box shows a list of all headings in the order of their appearance in the document.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id6401257" xml-lang="en-US">Numbered Paragraphs</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id5841242" xml-lang="en-US">The Selection box shows a list of all ordered paragraphs in the order of their appearance in the document. The list includes:</paragraph> +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id971618826026891" role="listitem">paragraphs with a paragraph style assigned a numbering scheme in the Tools > Chapter Numbering dialog + </paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id1001618826039875" role="listitem">ordered list paragraphs, formatted with the Formatting toolbar or Bullets and Numbering dialog</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id761618826048138" role="listitem">paragraphs formatted with a numbered list style</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id941618826055035" role="listitem">paragraphs formatted with a paragraph style with a numbered list style applied in the Outline & List tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id306711" xml-lang="en-US">Bookmarks</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150907" xml-lang="en-US">After inserting a bookmark in the document with <emph>Insert - Bookmark</emph>, the bookmarks entry on the <emph>References</emph> tab becomes usable. Bookmarks are used to mark certain text passages in a document. In a text document, you can use the bookmarks, for example, to jump from one passage in the document to another.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155080" xml-lang="en-US">In an HTML document, these bookmarks become anchors <A name>, which determine the target of hyperlinks for example.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id0818200811011072" xml-lang="en-US">Footnotes</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id0818200811011049" xml-lang="en-US">If your documents contains a footnote, you can select the Footnotes entry. A reference to a footnote returns the footnote number.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id6794030" xml-lang="en-US">(Inserted objects with captions)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id7096774" xml-lang="en-US">You can set references to objects that have captions applied. For example, insert a picture, right-click the picture, choose Caption. Now the object shows up as a numbered "Illustration" in the list.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<tip id="par_id3154772" xml-lang="en-US">References are fields. To remove a reference, delete the field. If you set a longer text as a reference and you do not want to reenter it after deleting the reference, select the text and copy it to the clipboard. You can then reinsert it as "unformatted text" at the same position using the command <emph>Edit - Paste special</emph>. The text remains intact while the reference is deleted.</tip> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/select" id="bm_id3146957" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/selecttip" id="bm_id1661427" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id5824152" xml-lang="en-US">Selection<comment>on "Document" and "DocInformation" tab page this is called "Select", on the other tab pages "Selection"</comment></h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7374187" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, select a format in the "Refer using" list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<tip id="par_id7729728" xml-lang="en-US">To quickly insert a field from the list, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and double-click the field.</tip> +<section id="format"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2171086" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Refer using</emph> list, click the format that you want to use.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/format" id="bm_id3154344" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3154333" xml-lang="en-US">Refer using</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148786" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/format">Select the format that you want to use for the selected reference field.</ahelp> The following formats are available:</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3150090"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id7576525" xml-lang="en-US">Format</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id641193" xml-lang="en-US">Meaning</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150039" xml-lang="en-US">Page number (unstyled)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153134" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the number of the page containing the reference target.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150681" xml-lang="en-US">Referenced text</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154040" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the complete reference target text. For footnotes the footnote number is inserted.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149972" xml-lang="en-US">“Above”/“Below”</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149619" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts "above" or "below", depending on the location of the reference target relative to the position of the reference field.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3148705" xml-lang="en-US">Page number (styled)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3148728" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the number of the page containing the reference target using the format specified in the page style.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id5699942" xml-lang="en-US">Number</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id6420484" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph, including superior levels depending on the context. See note below this table for more information.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id6986602" xml-lang="en-US">Number (no context)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id616779" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts only the number of the heading or numbered paragraph.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id791039" xml-lang="en-US">Number (full context)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id1953489" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph, including all superior levels.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154635" xml-lang="en-US">Chapter</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149646" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the number of the chapter containing the reference target.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155553" xml-lang="en-US">Category and Number</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155356" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the category (caption type) and the number of the reference target. This option is only available when the reference target is an object with a caption.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154224" xml-lang="en-US">Caption Text</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145105" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the caption label of the reference target. This option is only available when the reference target is an object with a caption.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149587" xml-lang="en-US">Numbering</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3146883" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the caption number of the reference target. This option is only available when the reference target is an object with a caption.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<note id="par_id757469" xml-lang="en-US">The "Number" format inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph. The superior levels are included depending on the context, as necessary. </note> +<note id="par_id5189062" xml-lang="en-US">For example, when you are in a chapter 1, subchapter 2, subpart 5, this may be numbered as 1.2.5. When you insert here a reference to text in the previous subpart "1.2.4" and you apply the "Number" format, then the reference will be shown as "4". If in this example the numbering is set to show more sublevels, the same reference will be shown as "2.4" or "1.2.4", depending on the setting. If you use the "Number (full context)" format, you will always see "1.2.4", no matter how the numbered paragraph is formatted.</note> +</section> +<section id="name"> +<section id="name2"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/name" id="bm_id3156253" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3156242" xml-lang="en-US">Name</h2> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156259" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="FieldName"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/name">Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.</ahelp></variable> To set a target, click "Set Reference" in the <emph>Type</emph> list, type a name in this box, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>. To reference the new target, click the target name in the <emph>Selection</emph> list.</paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156032" xml-lang="en-US">In a master document, targets that are in different sub-documents are not displayed in the<emph> Selection</emph> list. If you want to insert a reference to the target, you must type the path and the name in the <emph>Name </emph>box.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/value" id="bm_id3159204" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0903200802250745" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined fields.</ahelp></paragraph> +<section id="value"> +<h2 id="hd_id3154922" xml-lang="en-US">Value</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3153049" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/offset">Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined field.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159216" xml-lang="en-US">If you select text in the document, and then insert a reference, the selected text becomes the contents of the field that you insert.</paragraph><comment>Value box (always disabled)</comment> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/value" id="bm_id5684377" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6501968" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Edit the value.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38f9e93b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104090003xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Functions</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="functions"> +<h1 id="hd_id3149123" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp" name="Functions">Functions</link></h1> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/name" id="bm_id3149875" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/value" id="bm_id3150251" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150343" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets additional function parameters for fields. The type of parameter depends on the field type that you select.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/FldFuncPage" id="bm_id3156382" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151242" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Depending on the field type that you select, you can assign conditions to certain functions. For example, you can define a field that executes a macro when you click the field in the document, or a condition that, when met, hides a field. You can also define placeholder fields that insert graphics, tables, frames and other objects into your document when needed.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#feldfunktionen"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/type" id="bm_id3146964" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0902200804352037" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#fieldtype"/> +<table id="tbl_id3147403"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3150537" xml-lang="en-US">Type</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3155623" xml-lang="en-US">Meaning</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3152999" xml-lang="en-US">Conditional text</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149881" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts text if a certain <link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp" name="condition">condition</link> is met. For example, enter "sun eq 1" in the <emph>Condition</emph> box, and then the text that you want to insert when the variable "sun" equals "1" in the <emph>Then </emph>box. If you want, you can also enter the text that you want to display when this condition is not met in the <emph>Else</emph> box. To define the variable "sun", click the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp" name="Variables"><emph>Variables</emph></link> tab, select "Set variable", type "sun" in the<emph> Name</emph> box, and its value in the<emph> Value</emph> box.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153719" xml-lang="en-US">Input list</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> + <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147564" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a text field that displays one item from a list. You can add, edit, and remove items, and change their order in the list. Click an <emph>Input list</emph> field in your document or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+F9</keycode> to display the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp" name="Choose Item"><emph>Choose Item</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153146" xml-lang="en-US">Input field</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149287" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a text field that you can open by <link href="text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp" name="clicking">clicking</link> it in the document. You can then change the text that is displayed.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154691" xml-lang="en-US">Execute macro</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147515" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a text field that runs a macro when you click the field in the document. To assign a macro to the field, click the <emph>Macro</emph> button. </paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3152946" xml-lang="en-US">Placeholder</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153527" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a placeholder field in the document, for example, for graphics. When you click a placeholder field in the document, you are prompted to insert the item that is missing.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150973" xml-lang="en-US">Hidden text</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147524" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a text field that is hidden when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - </menuitem><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp" name="Text Document - View"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</menuitem></link> and clear the <emph>Hidden text</emph> check box.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154480" xml-lang="en-US">Hidden Paragraph</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153677" xml-lang="en-US">Hides a paragraph when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp" name="Text Document - View"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</menuitem></link> and clear the <emph>Hidden paragraphs</emph> check box.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154192" xml-lang="en-US">Combine characters </paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3159199" xml-lang="en-US">Combines up to 6 characters, so that they behave as a single character. This feature is only available when Asian fonts are supported.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +<section id="selectnote"> +<note id="par_id3154631" xml-lang="en-US">The following fields can only be inserted if the corresponding field type is selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</note> +</section> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/format" id="bm_id3149307" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3145595" xml-lang="en-US">Format</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151329" xml-lang="en-US">For function fields, the format field is only used for fields of the type placeholder. Here, the format determines the object for which the placeholder stands.</paragraph> +<section id="condition"> +<h2 id="hd_id3149494" xml-lang="en-US">Condition</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143281" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/condition">For fields linked to a <link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp" name="condition">condition</link>, enter the criteria here.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/cond1" id="bm_id3151259" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/cond2" id="bm_id3151262" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3151248" xml-lang="en-US">Then, Else</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154830" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the text to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then </emph>box, and the text to display when the condition is not met in the <emph>Else </emph>box.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146865" xml-lang="en-US">You can also insert database fields in the <emph>Then </emph>and <emph>Else </emph>boxes using the format "databasename.tablename.fieldname".</paragraph> +<note id="par_id3147583">If the table or the field name does not exist in a database, nothing is inserted.</note> +<note id="par_id3152585">If you include the quotes in "databasename.tablename.fieldname", the expression is inserted as text.</note> +<section id="referencehelp"> +<h2 id="hd_id3155136" xml-lang="en-US">Reference</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155149" xml-lang="en-US">Type the text that you want to display in the field. If you are inserting a placeholder field, type the text that you want to display as a help tip when you rest the mouse pointer over the field. </paragraph> +</section> +<h2 id="hd_id3147071" xml-lang="en-US">Format<comment>UFI: see spec "Macro Selector..."</comment></h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147084" xml-lang="en-US">Select the macro that you want to run when the field is clicked.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154384" xml-lang="en-US">Macro name</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153351" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the name of the selected macro.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156269" xml-lang="en-US">Placeholder</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156282" xml-lang="en-US">Type the text that you want to appear in the placeholder field.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150587">Hidden text</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149173" xml-lang="en-US">Type the text that you want to hide if a condition is met.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151028">Characters</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145771" xml-lang="en-US">Enter the characters that you want to combine. You can combine a maximum of 6 characters. This option is only available for the <emph>Combine characters</emph> field type.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156369">Value</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151370" xml-lang="en-US">Enter a value for the selected field.</paragraph> +<section id="macro"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/macro" id="bm_id3148889" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3148877">Macro</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155912" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/macro">Opens the <emph>Macro Selector</emph>, where you can choose the macro that will run when you click the selected field in the document.</ahelp> This button is only available for the "Execute macro" function field.</paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150111" xml-lang="en-US">The following controls are displayed for <emph>Input list</emph> fields:</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/item" id="bm_id3155871" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3155860">Item</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150688" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/item">Enter a new item.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/add" id="bm_id3147425" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3147413">Add</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147473" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/add">Adds the <emph>Item</emph> to the list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/listitems" id="bm_id3147612" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3147496">Items on list</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147618" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/listitems">Lists the items. The topmost item is shown in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/remove" id="bm_id3149552" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3145263">Remove</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149558" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/remove">Removes the selected item from the list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/up" id="bm_id3155964" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3145126">Move Up</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155970" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/up">Moves the selected item up in the list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/down" id="bm_id3150562" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3150549">Move Down</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156221" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/down">Moves the selected item down in the list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/listname" id="bm_id3149226" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3149215">Name</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147733" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/listname">Enter a unique name for the <emph>Input list</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropdownfielddialog/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropdownfielddialog/list" id="bm_id3146344" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3146332">Choose Item</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147455" xml-lang="en-US">This dialog is shown when you click an <emph>Input list</emph> field in the document. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149837" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropdownfielddialog/list">Choose the item that you want to display in the document, then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropdownfielddialog/edit" id="bm_id3148848" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3147602">Edit</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148855" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropdownfielddialog/edit">Displays the <emph>Edit Fields: Functions</emph> dialog, where you can edit the <emph>Input list</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropdownfielddialog/next" id="bm_id3155570" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3155558">Next</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148434" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropdownfielddialog/next">Closes the current <emph>Input list</emph> and displays the next, if available.</ahelp> You see this button when you open the <emph>Choose Item</emph> dialog by <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+F9</keycode>.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3af7f363 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104090004xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">DocInformation</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="DocInformation"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/FldDocInfoPage" id="bm_id3152958" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3154479" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp" name="DocInformation">DocInformation</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149692" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">DocInformation fields contain information about the properties of a document, such as the date a document was created. To view the properties of a document, choose <menuitem>File - Properties</menuitem>.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#felddokumentinfo"/> +</section> +<note id="par_id3148982" xml-lang="en-US">When you export and import an HTML document containing DocInformation fields, <link href="text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#DocInformation" name="special $[officename] formats">special $[officename] formats</link> are used.</note> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/type" id="bm_id3153639" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0902200804290053" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#fieldtype"/> +<table id="tbl_id3149039"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3155140" xml-lang="en-US">Type</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3149176" xml-lang="en-US">Meaning</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150700" xml-lang="en-US">Comments</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> + <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147490" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the comments as entered in the <emph>Description</emph> tab page of the <link href="text/shared/01/01100300.xhp" name="File - Properties"><menuitem>File - Properties</menuitem></link> dialog.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3146326" xml-lang="en-US">Created</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> + <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149833" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the name of the author, and the date, or the time when the document was created.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3148856" xml-lang="en-US">Custom</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> + <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154784" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the contents of the properties found on the <emph>Custom Properties</emph> tab of the <link href="text/shared/01/01100300.xhp" name="File - Properties"><menuitem>File - Properties</menuitem></link> dialog. (Only shown if Custom properties are added.)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3156122" xml-lang="en-US">Keywords</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> + <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150912" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the keywords as entered in the <emph>Description</emph> tab of the <link href="text/shared/01/01100300.xhp" name="File - Properties"><menuitem>File - Properties</menuitem></link> dialog.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150177" xml-lang="en-US">Last printed</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> + <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3156094" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the name of the author, and the date or time that the document was last printed.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145774" xml-lang="en-US">Modified</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> + <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155915" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the name of the author, and the date, or the time of the last save.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145262" xml-lang="en-US">Revision number</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> + <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150556" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the version number of the current document.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154328" xml-lang="en-US">Subject</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> + <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3146942" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the subject as entered in the <emph>Description</emph> tab of the <link href="text/shared/01/01100300.xhp" name="File - Properties"><menuitem>File - Properties</menuitem></link> dialog.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150092" xml-lang="en-US">Title</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> + <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150033" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the title as entered in the <emph>Description</emph> tab of the <link href="text/shared/01/01100300.xhp" name="File - Properties"><menuitem>File - Properties</menuitem></link> dialog.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150108" xml-lang="en-US">Total editing time</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> + <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155860" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the amount of time spent on editing a document.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#selectnote"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/select" id="bm_id3154623" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0902200804290272" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type</emph> list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#select"/> +<note id="par_id3149956" xml-lang="en-US">For the "Created", "Modified", and "Last printed" field types, you can include the author, date, and time of the corresponding operation.</note> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/format" id="bm_id3166051" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0902200804290382" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click "Additional formats" to define a custom format.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#format"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#datetimeformat"/> +<section id="fixedcontent"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/fixed" id="bm_id3149620" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3149608" xml-lang="en-US">Fixed content</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150767" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/fixed">Inserts the field as static content, that is, the field cannot be updated.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<note id="par_id3155554" xml-lang="en-US">Fields with fixed content are only evaluated when you create a new document from a template that contains such a field. For example, a date field with fixed content inserts the date that a new document was created from the template.</note> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c2a1188d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104090005xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Variables (fields)</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="variables"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id8526261"><bookmark_value>user-defined fields, restriction</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/FldVarPage" id="bm_id3151266" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3153716" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp" name="Variables">Variables</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150764" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Variable fields let you add dynamic content to your document. For example, you can use a variable to reset the page numbering.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#feldvariablen"/> +</section> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/type" id="bm_id3154692" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0903200802243625" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#fieldtype"/> +<table id="tbl_id3145416"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3150703" xml-lang="en-US">Type</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3154096" xml-lang="en-US">Description</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149803" xml-lang="en-US">Set Variable</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150996" xml-lang="en-US">Defines a variable and its value. You can change the value of a variable by clicking in front of the variable field, and then choosing <menuitem>Edit - Field</menuitem>.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154571" xml-lang="en-US">Show Variable</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153669" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the current value of the variable that you click in the <emph>Select</emph> list.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147531" xml-lang="en-US">DDE field</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149684" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde" name="DDE">DDE</link> link into the document, that you can update as often as you want through the assigned name.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3159196" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Formula</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151322" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a fixed number, or the result of a formula.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149494" xml-lang="en-US">Input field</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154829" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a new value for a variable or a User Field.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149098" xml-lang="en-US">The value of a variable in an Input field is only valid from where the field is inserted and onwards. To change the value of the variable later in the document, insert another Input field of the same name, but with a different value. However, the value of a User Field is changed globally.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151255" xml-lang="en-US">The variables are displayed in the <emph>Select</emph> field. When you click the <emph>Insert</emph> button, the dialog <link href="text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp" name="Input Field"><emph>Review Fields</emph></link> appears, where you can enter the new value or additional text as a remark.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149034" xml-lang="en-US">Number range</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3152772" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts automatic numbering for tables, graphics, or frames.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147073" xml-lang="en-US">Set page variable</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154389" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a reference point in the document, after which the page count restarts. Select "on" to enable the reference point, and "off" to disable it. You can also enter an offset to start the page count at a different number.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3156267" xml-lang="en-US">Show page variable</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150588" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the number of pages from the "Set page variable" reference point to this field.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145779" xml-lang="en-US">User Field</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151377" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a custom global variable. You can use the User Field to define a variable for a condition statement. When you change a User Field, all instances of the variable in the document are updated.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +<section id="selecth2"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/select" id="bm_id3150684" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3888363" xml-lang="en-US">Select</h2><comment>on all tab pages this is called "Select", except for "Cross-References", which uses "Selection"</comment> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7453535" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/select"><variable id="selecthelp">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</variable> To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3326822" xml-lang="en-US">To quickly insert a field from the <emph>Select</emph> list, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and double-click the field.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/numformat" id="bm_id3148875" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0903200802243892" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click "Additional formats" to define a custom format.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#format"/><comment>Provides Format header and explanation</comment> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/name" id="bm_id3150108" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0903200802243880" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#name2"/><comment>Provides Name header and explanation</comment> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id381583794664065"><embedvar href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#FieldName"/> This option is available for "Set variable", "DDE field", "Number range" and "User Field" field types.</paragraph> +<warning id="par_id3149759" xml-lang="en-US">User-defined fields are only available in the current document.</warning> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/value" id="bm_id3150119" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0903200802243951" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined field.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#value"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/format" id="bm_id3155871" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155860" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/format">In the <emph>Format</emph> list, define if the value is inserted as text or a number.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#selectnote"/><comment>Warns that following types depend on the selection in the Type list</comment> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150696" xml-lang="en-US">In an HTML document, two additional fields are available for the "Set variable" field type: HTML_ON and HTML_OFF. The text that you type in the <emph>Value </emph>box is converted to an opening HTML <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags" name="tag">tag</link> (<Value>) or to a closing HTML (</Value>) tag when the file is saved as an HTML document, depending on the option that you select.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id871583773320305">DDE Statement</h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#DDE_Statement"/><comment>taken from DDE in Section</comment> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id481583773333848">This option is only available if the "DDE field" field type is selected.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155969" xml-lang="en-US">Formula</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155982" xml-lang="en-US">This option is only available if the "Insert Formula" field type is selected.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#referencehelp"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#page_correction"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id71583772995807">This option is only available if the "Set page variable" field type is selected.</paragraph> +<section id="invisible"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/invisible" id="bm_id3156226" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3149229" xml-lang="en-US">Invisible</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156233" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="invisiblehelp"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/invisible">Hides the field contents in the document.</ahelp> The field is inserted as a thin gray mark in the document.</variable> This option is only available for the "Set Variable" and "User Field" field types.</paragraph> +</section> +<h2 id="hd_id3146326" xml-lang="en-US">Numbering by Chapter</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146340" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the options for resetting chapter numbers.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/level" id="bm_id3149829" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3147456" xml-lang="en-US">Level</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149836" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/level">Choose the heading or chapter level at which to restart numbering in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/separator" id="bm_id3147605" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3147594" xml-lang="en-US">Separator</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148846" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/separator">Type the character that you want to use as a separator between the heading or chapter levels.</ahelp></paragraph> +<note id="par_id941584040174795"><emph>Numbering by Chapter</emph>, <emph>Level</emph> and <emph>Separator</emph> are only available for the "Number range" field type.</note> +<section id="apply"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/apply" id="bm_id3147069" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3147057" xml-lang="en-US">Apply</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155562" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/apply">Adds the user-defined field to the <emph>Select</emph> list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp#syapply"/> +</section> +<section id="delete"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/delete" id="bm_id3151092" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151080" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154769" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/delete">Removes the user-defined field from the select list. You can only remove fields that are not used in the current document.</ahelp> To remove a field that is used in the current document from the list, first delete all instances of the field in the document, and then remove it from the list.</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3154080"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145318" xml-lang="en-US"><image id="img_id3153293" src="svx/res/nu02.png" width="0.423cm" height="0.423cm"><alt id="alt_id3153293" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt></image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150169" xml-lang="en-US">Delete</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a88c9583 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104090006xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Database</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="database"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/FldDbPage" id="bm_id3151315" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153536" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp" name="Database">Database</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154471" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">You can insert fields from any database, for example, address fields, into your document.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#felddatenbank"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/type" id="bm_id3154566" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id090220080439090" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#fieldtype"/> +<table id="tbl_id3155894"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3154196" xml-lang="en-US">Field type</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3149484" xml-lang="en-US">Meaning</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149096" xml-lang="en-US">Any Record</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151257" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the contents of the database field that you specify in the <emph>Record Number</emph> box as a mail merge field if the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp" name="Condition"><emph>Condition</emph></link> that you enter is met. Only records selected by a multiple selection in the data source view are considered.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147100" xml-lang="en-US">You can use this field to insert several records into a document. Simply insert the <emph>Any Record</emph> field in front of the form letter fields that use a certain record.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153632" xml-lang="en-US">Database Name</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3152776" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the name of the database table selected in the <emph>Database selection </emph>box. The "Database Name" field is a global field, that is, if you insert a different database name in your document, the contents of all previously inserted "Database Name" fields are updated.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149167" xml-lang="en-US">Mail merge field</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145779" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the name of a database field as a placeholder, so that you can create a mail merge document. The field content is automatically inserted when you print the form letter.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151372" xml-lang="en-US">Next record</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150114" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the contents of the next mail merge field in your document, if the condition that you define is met. The records that you want to include must be selected in the data source view.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155861" xml-lang="en-US">You can use the "Next record" field to insert the contents of consecutive records between the mail merge fields in a document.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147412" xml-lang="en-US">Record number</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147495" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the number of the selected database record.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#selectnote"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/select" id="bm_id3145262" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149565" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Database Selection</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145268" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/select">Select the database table or the database query that you want the field to refer to.</ahelp> You can include fields from more than one database or query in a document.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/condition" id="bm_id3150559" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0902200804391084" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">For fields linked to a condition, enter the criteria here.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#condition"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147739" xml-lang="en-US">If you want, you can assign a condition that must be met before the contents of the "Any Record" and "Next Record" fields are inserted. The default condition is "True", that is, the condition is always true if you do not change the condition text.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/recnumber" id="bm_id3149831" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146336" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Record number</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149836" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/recnumber">Enter the number of the record that you want to insert when the condition that you specify is met.</ahelp> The record number corresponds to the current selection in the data source view. For example, if you select the last 5 records in a database containing 10 records, the number of the first record will be 1, and not 6.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3153305" xml-lang="en-US">If you refer to fields in a different database (or in a different table or query within the same database), $[officename] determines the record number relative to the current selection.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156109" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Format</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156122" xml-lang="en-US">Select the format of the field that you want to insert. This option is available for numerical, boolean, date and time fields.<comment>see #i64135</comment></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/fromdatabasecb" id="bm_id3150915" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150904" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From database</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150922" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/fromdatabasecb">Uses the format defined in the selected database.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/browse" id="bm_id5024262" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1076E" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Browse</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10772" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/browse">Opens a file open dialog where you can select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Databases Selection list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/userdefinedcb" id="bm_id3154326" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155084" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">User defined</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154333" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/userdefinedcb">Applies the format that you select in the <emph>List of user-defined formats</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/numformat" id="bm_id3150084" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/format" id="bm_id3150087" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146948" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">List of user-defined formats</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150093" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the available user-defined formats.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/printmergedialog/PrintMergeDialog" id="bm_id1835383" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN107FF" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Printing a form letter</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10803" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">When you print a document that contains database fields, a dialog asks you if you want to print a form letter. If you answer Yes, the <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">Mail Merge</link> dialog opens where you can select the database records to print.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..829009a6b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104090007xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Special Tags</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154106"><bookmark_value>tags; in $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; special HTML tags</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>HTML;special tags for fields</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>fields;HTML import and export</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>time fields;HTML</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>date fields;HTML</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>DocInformation fields</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>MW changed "$[officename] Writer;tags" to "$[officename];special HTML tags"</comment> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154106" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp" name="Special Tags">Special Tags</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153669" xml-lang="en-US">When you save a document that contains fields as an HTML document, $[officename] automatically converts date, time, and DocInformation fields to special HTML tags. The field contents are inserted between the opening and closing HTML tags of the converted fields. These special HTML tags do not correspond to standard HTML tags.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152960" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Writer fields are identified by the <SDFIELD> tag in an HTML document. The field type, the format, and the name of the special field are included in the opening HTML tag. The format of a field tag that is recognized by an HTML filter depends on the field type.</paragraph> +<section id="date_and_time"> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154570" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Date and Time Fields</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149696" xml-lang="en-US">For "Date" and "Time" fields, the TYPE parameter equals DATETIME. The format of the date or the time is specified by the SDNUM parameter, for example, DD:MM:YY for dates, or HH:MM:SS for time.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155183" xml-lang="en-US">For fixed date and time fields, the date or the time is specified by the SDVAL parameter.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149485" xml-lang="en-US">Examples of date and time special HTML tags that are recognized by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3143275"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3151257" xml-lang="en-US">Fields</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3148970" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Tag</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147102" xml-lang="en-US">Date is fixed</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153634" xml-lang="en-US"><SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDVAL="35843,4239988426" SDNUM="1031;1031;DD/MM/YY">17/02/98</SDFIELD></paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155137" xml-lang="en-US">Date is variable</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3156275" xml-lang="en-US"><SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDNUM="1031;1031;DD/MM/YY">17/02/98</SDFIELD></paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145774" xml-lang="en-US">Time is fixed</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155915" xml-lang="en-US"><SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDVAL="35843,4240335648" SDNUM="1031;1031;HH:MM:SS">10:10:36</SDFIELD></paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150110" xml-lang="en-US">Time is variable</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155862" xml-lang="en-US"><SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDNUM="1031;1031;HH:MM:SS">10:10:36</SDFIELD></paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +<section id="DocInformation"> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147409" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">DocInformation Fields</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147487" xml-lang="en-US">For DocInformation fields, the TYPE parameter equals DOCINFO. The SUBTYPE parameter displays the specific field type, for example, for the "Created" DocInformation field, SUBTYPE=CREATE. For date and time DocInformation fields, the FORMAT parameter equals DATE or TIME, and the SDNUM parameter indicates the number format that is used. The SDFIXED parameter indicates if the content of the DocInformation field is fixed or not.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147501" xml-lang="en-US">The contents of a fixed date or time field are equal to the SDVAL parameter, otherwise the contents are equal to the text found between the SDFIELD HTML tags.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149562" xml-lang="en-US">Examples of DocInformation special HTML tags that are recognized by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3145265"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3147738" xml-lang="en-US">Fields</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3146334" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Tag</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149846" xml-lang="en-US">Description (fixed content)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3148863" xml-lang="en-US"><SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=COMMENT SDFIXED>Description</SDFIELD></paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151083" xml-lang="en-US">Creation date</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153298" xml-lang="en-US"><SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CREATE FORMAT=DATE SDNUM="1031;1031;QQ YY">1. Quarter 98</SDFIELD></paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150175" xml-lang="en-US">Creation time (fixed content)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3156134" xml-lang="en-US"><SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CREATE FORMAT=TIME SDVAL="0" SDNUM="1031;1031;HH:MM:SS AM/PM" SDFIXED>03:58:35 PM</SDFIELD></paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155077" xml-lang="en-US">Modification date</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154330" xml-lang="en-US"><SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CHANGE FORMAT=DATE SDNUM="1031;1031;NN DD MMM, YY">Mo 23 Feb, 98</SDFIELD></paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..935104d45 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104090100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Input Field</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/InputFieldDialog" id="bm_id3154104" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147515" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Input Field</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146041" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/InputFieldDialog">Inserts a text field that you can open and edit by clicking it in the document.</ahelp> You can use input fields for text, or to assign a new value to a variable.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154470" xml-lang="en-US">To change the content of an Input Field in a document, click the field, and then edit the text in the lower box of the dialog.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/text" id="bm_id3154564" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153669" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Reference</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154571" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/text">This box displays the name that you entered in the <emph>Reference</emph> box on the <emph>Functions</emph> or <emph>Variables</emph> tab of the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog. The box underneath displays the contents of the field.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/next" id="bm_id3149685" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155897" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Next</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149691" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/next">Jumps to the next input field in the document.</ahelp> This button is only available when you position the cursor directly before an input field, and then press Shift+Ctrl+F9.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8ff2a5a16 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,447 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104090200xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Defining Conditions</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145828"><bookmark_value>logical expressions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>formulating conditions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>conditions; in fields and sections</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>fields;defining conditions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>sections;defining conditions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>variables; in conditions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>user data;in conditions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>databases;in conditions</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>hiding; database fields</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 id="hd_id3145828"><variable id="defining_conditions"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp">Defining Conditions</link> +</variable></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145242" role="paragraph">Conditions are logical expressions that you can use to control the display of <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp">fields</link> and <link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp">sections</link> in your document. Although the following examples apply to fields, they also apply to sections.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147171" role="paragraph">You can define conditions for the following field types:</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151185" role="listitem">Conditional text: displays text A if the condition is true, or text B if the condition is false.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149289" role="listitem">Hidden text: hides the contents of the field if the condition is true.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145412" role="listitem">Hidden paragraph: hides the paragraph if the condition is true.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147515" role="listitem">Any record and next record: controls the access to database records.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149802" role="paragraph">The simplest way to define a condition is to type the logical expression directly in a <emph>Condition </emph>box using the following values:</paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id3153537"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153677" role="tablecontent">TRUE</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152960" role="tablecontent">The condition is always met. You can also enter any value not equal to 0 as the conditional text.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155900" role="tablecontent">FALSE</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154191" role="tablecontent">The condition is not met. You can also enter the value 0.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <note id="par_id3147090">If you leave the <emph>Condition </emph>box empty, the condition is interpreted as not being met.</note> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148980" role="paragraph">When you define a condition, use the same <link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp">elements</link> for defining a formula, namely comparative operators, mathematical and statistical functions, number formats, variables and constants.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153638" role="paragraph">You can use the following types of variables when you define a condition:</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155135" role="listitem">Predefined <link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp">$[officename] variables</link> that use statistics on document properties</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156273" role="listitem">Custom variables, that are a created with the "Set variable" field</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149174" role="listitem">Variables based on user data</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145781" role="listitem">Variables based on the contents of database fields</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155916" role="paragraph">You cannot use internal variables, such as page and chapter numbers, in condition expression.</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3151375">Conditions and Variables</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150122" role="paragraph">The following examples use a variable called "x":</paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id3155867"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147417" role="tablecontent">x == 1 or x EQ 1</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147500" role="tablecontent">The condition is true if "x" is equal to 1.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145259" role="tablecontent">x != 1 or x NEQ 1</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150551" role="tablecontent">The condition is true if "x" does not equal 1.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147749" role="tablecontent">sinx == 0</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146345" role="tablecontent">The condition is true if "x" is a multiple of pi.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149846" role="paragraph">To use comparative operators with strings, the operands must be bounded by double quotation marks:</paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id3148855"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151078" role="tablecontent">x == "ABC" or x EQ "ABC"</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150162" role="tablecontent">Checks if variable "x" contains (true) the "ABC" string, or not (false).</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153301" role="tablecontent">x == "" or x EQ ""</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156120" role="tablecontent">or</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156133" role="tablecontent">!x or NOT x</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156112" role="tablecontent">Checks if the variable "x" contains an empty string.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <note id="par_id3150097">The "equal" comparative operator must be represented by two equal signs (==) in a condition. For example, if you define a variable "x" with the value of 1, you can enter the condition as x==1.</note> + <h2 id="hd_id3148791">User Data</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150028" role="paragraph">You can include user data when you define conditions. To change your user data, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - User data</emph>. User data must be entered in the form of strings. You can query the user data with "==" (EQ), "!=" (NEQ), or "!"(NOT).</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153124" role="paragraph">The following table lists user data variables and their meanings:</paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id3153139"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149632" role="tablehead">Variable</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150662" role="tablehead">Meaning</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154026" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_firstname</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149953" role="tablecontent">First name</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147272" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_lastname</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149601" role="tablecontent">Last name</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150770" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_initials</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155529" role="tablecontent">Initials</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148705" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_company</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148728" role="tablecontent">Company</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155361" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_street</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154222" role="tablecontent">Street</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145108" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_country</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146885" role="tablecontent">Country</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149580" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_zipcode</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156241" role="tablecontent">Zip code</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148922" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_city</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148945" role="tablecontent">City</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156053" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_title</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159219" role="tablecontent">Title</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156435" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_position</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145178" role="tablecontent">Position</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150797" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_tel_work</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150820" role="tablecontent">Business telephone number</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150894" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_tel_home</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155320" role="tablecontent">Home telephone number</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154400" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_fax</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153363" role="tablecontent">Fax number</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153390" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_email</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154948" role="tablecontent">Email address</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145603" localize="false" role="tablecontent">user_state</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150129" role="tablecontent">State (not in all $[officename] versions)</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150147" role="paragraph">For example, to hide a paragraph, text, or a section from a user with a specific initial, such as "LM", enter the condition: user_initials=="LM".</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154115">Conditions and Database Fields</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154128" role="paragraph">You can define conditions for accessing databases, or database fields. For example, you can check the contents of a database field from a condition, or use database fields in logical expressions. The following table lists a few more examples of using databases in conditions:</paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id3154848"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156066" role="tablehead">Example</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156088" role="tablehead">Meaning</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155948" role="paragraph">Database.Table.Company</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148673" role="paragraph">Database.Table.Company NEQ ""</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148687" role="paragraph">Database.Table.Company != ""</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155373" role="paragraph">The condition is true if the COMPANY field is not empty. (In the first example, no operator is required.)</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149977" role="paragraph">!Database.Table.Company</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149991" role="paragraph">NOT Database.Table.Company</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150004" role="paragraph">Database.Table.Company EQ ""</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146911" role="paragraph">Database.Table.Company ==""</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148733" role="paragraph">Returns TRUE if the COMPANY field is empty.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148762" role="paragraph">Database.Table.Company !="Sun"</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153016" role="paragraph">Database.Table.Company NEQ "Sun"</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153040" role="paragraph">Returns TRUE if the current entry in the COMPANY field is not "Sun". (Exclamation sign represents a logical NOT.)</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154605" role="paragraph">Database.Table.Firstname AND Database.Table.Name</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153059" role="paragraph">Returns TRUE if the record contains the first and the last name.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + + <note id="par_id3159247">Note the difference between the boolean NOT "!" and the comparative operator not equal "!=" (NEQ).</note> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153876" role="paragraph">When you refer to a database field in a condition, use the form Databasename.Tablename.Fieldname. If one of the names contains a character that is an operator, such as a minus sign (-), enclose the name in square brackets, for example, Databasename.[Table-name].Fieldname. Never use spaces inside field names.<comment>UFI: fixes bug #i25781# - but see #i25983#. Fixes also #i19571#</comment></paragraph> + <h3 id="par_id3153891">Example: Hiding an Empty Database Field</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150051" role="paragraph">You may want to create a condition that hides an empty field, for example, if the COMPANY field is empty for some of the data records.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150067" role="paragraph">Select the <emph>Hidden Paragraph</emph> list entry, and type the following condition: Addressbook.Addresses.Company EQ ""</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147110" role="paragraph">or type the following</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147123" role="paragraph">NOT Addressbook.Addresses.Company</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147136" role="paragraph">If the COMPANY database field is empty, the condition is true and the paragraph is hidden.</paragraph> + <note id="par_id3150232">To display hidden paragraphs on the screen, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</menuitem>, and clear the <emph>Hidden paragraphs</emph> check box.</note> + <h2 id="hd_id3145218">Examples of Conditions in Fields</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145231" role="paragraph">The following examples use the Conditional text field, although they can be applied to any fields that can be linked to a condition. The syntax used for conditions is also used for the Hidden text, Hidden paragraph, Any record or Next record fields.</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3150311">To display conditional text based on the number of pages:</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150333" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>, and then click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147471" role="listitem">In the <emph>Type</emph> list, click "Conditional text".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154294" role="listitem">In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type "page == 1".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154319" role="listitem">In the <emph>Then</emph> box, type "There is only one page".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150640" role="listitem">In the <emph>Or </emph>box, type "There are several pages".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153086" role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <h2 id="hd_id3155814">To display conditional text based on a user-defined Variable</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155836" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>, and then click the <emph>Variables</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155109" role="listitem">In the <emph>Type </emph>list, click "Set Variable".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147008" role="listitem">In the<emph> Name</emph> box, type "Profit".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147032" role="listitem">In the<emph> Value</emph> box, type "5000".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152974" role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152998" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab, and click "Conditional text" in the <emph>Type</emph> list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150952" role="listitem">In the <emph>Condition</emph> box, type "Profit < 5000".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156291" role="listitem">In the <emph>Then</emph> box, type "Target is not met".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156317" role="listitem">In the <emph>Or </emph>box, type "Target is met".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154366" role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154389" role="paragraph">To edit the contents of the "Profit" variable, double-click the variable field.</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155573">To display conditional text based on the contents of a database field:</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155587" role="paragraph">The first part of this example inserts a space between the "First Name" and "Last Name" fields in a document, and the second part inserts text based on the contents of a field. This example requires that an address data source is registered with $[officename].</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150523" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>, and then click the <emph>Database</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148811" role="listitem">In the <emph>Type </emph>list, click "Mail merge fields".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148841" role="listitem">In the<emph> Database selection</emph> box, double-click an address book, click "First Name", and then click<emph> Insert</emph>. Repeat for "Last Name".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147549" role="listitem">In the document, place the cursor between the two fields, press Space, and then return to the <emph>Fields </emph>dialog:</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150416" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab, and then click "Conditional text" in the <emph>Type</emph> list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153589" role="listitem">In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type: "Addressbook.addresses.firstname".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153615" role="listitem">In the <emph>Then </emph>box, type a space and leave the <emph>Or </emph>box blank.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153562" role="paragraph">You can now use a condition to insert text based on the contents of the First Name field.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150574" role="listitem">In the <emph>Fields </emph>dialog, click the <emph>Functions </emph>tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150605" role="listitem">In the <emph>Type </emph>box, click "Conditional text".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151277" role="listitem">In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type: Addressbook.addresses.firstname == "Michael"</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151303" role="listitem">In the <emph>Then </emph>box, type "Dear".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149138" role="listitem">In the <emph>Else</emph> box, type "Hello".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149163" role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36e8d43d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04090300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + <!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + --> + + <meta> + <topic id="editfields" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Edit fields (variables)</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04090300.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + + <body> + <section id="editfields"> + <bookmark id="@@nowidget@@" xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editfielddialog/@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> + <bookmark id="bm_id701519648111292" xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editfielddialog/EditFieldDialog" localize="false"/> + <bookmark id="bm_id701519643111292" xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editfielddialog/next" localize="false"/> + <bookmark id="bm_id701519646111292" xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editfielddialog/prev" localize="false"/> + <bookmark id="bm_id701519642111292" xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editfielddialog/edit" localize="false"/> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id991519648545589"> + <bookmark_value>fields;editing</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>edit;fields</bookmark_value> + </bookmark> + <h1 id="hd_id431519648111292" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090300.xhp" name="Edit Fields">Edit Fields (variables)</link></h1> + <paragraph id="par_id361519648111293" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="editfields2"><ahelp hid=".">Edit field contents.</ahelp></variable></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id761519649446210" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Edit Fields</item> of the context menu of the selected field.</paragraph> + </section> + <h2 id="hd_id511519649431645" xml-lang="en-US">Type</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id761519649446212" xml-lang="en-US">Shows the type of the selected field.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#selecth2"/><comment>select heading</comment> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#format"/><comment>Provides Format header and explanation</comment> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#invisible"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#value"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#apply"/><comment>apply control</comment> + <h2 id="hd_id941519649436996" xml-lang="en-US">Arrow buttons</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id951519649454340" xml-lang="en-US">Use the arrow buttons to go to next or previous field of same type in the document.</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id931519650651402" xml-lang="en-US">Edit</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id241519650657361" xml-lang="en-US">When visible, opens a dialog to edit the contents of the field. The dialog depends on the type of the field.</paragraph> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/> + </section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e25fb59e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104120000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Table of Contents and Index</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="table_of_context_index_submenu"> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3151380" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp" name="Table of Contents and Index">Table of Contents and Index</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN105AC" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a menu to insert an index or bibliography entry, as well as inserting a table of contents, index, and or bibliography.</paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verzeichnisseeinf"/> +</section> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147416" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp" name="Index Entry">Index Entry</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#eintrag"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155620" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp" name="Bibliography Entry">Bibliography Entry</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#literaturvz"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147501" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp" name="Table of Context, Index or Bibliography">Table of Content, Index or Bibliography</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp#verzeichnisse"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..41b90158e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Index Entry</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertIndexesEntry" id="bm_id3666614" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/IndexEntryDialog-insert" id="bm_id3150014" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154508" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Insert Index Entry</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150565" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="eintrag"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertIndexesEntry">Marks the selected text as index or table of contents entry.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#insert_index_entry"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147571" xml-lang="en-US">To edit an index entry, place the cursor in front of the index field, and then choose <link href="text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp" name="Edit - Reference - Index Entry..."><emph>Edit - Reference - Index Entry...</emph></link></paragraph><comment>removed a para - see #i64023</comment> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145760" xml-lang="en-US">You can leave the <emph>Insert Index Entry</emph> dialog open while you select and insert entries.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145410" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Selection</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/typecb-insert" id="bm_id3154097" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147508" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Index</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154103" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/typecb-insert">Select the index that you want to add the entry to.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/entryed" id="bm_id3153539" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153527" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Entry</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151312" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/entryed">Displays the text that is selected in the document. If you want, you can enter a different word for the index entry. The selected text in the document is not changed.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key1cb" id="bm_id3153674" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154480" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">1st key</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152953" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key1cb">Makes the current selection a subentry of the word that you enter here. For example, if you select "cold", and enter "weather" as the 1st key, the index entry is "weather, cold".</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key2cb" id="bm_id3155898" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154572" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">2nd key</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155904" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key2cb">Makes the current selection a sub-subentry of the 1st key. For example, if you select "cold", and enter "weather" as the 1st key and "winter" as the 2nd key, the index entry is "weather, winter, cold".</ahelp></paragraph> +<section id="phonetic"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/phonetic0ed" id="bm_id3155186" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155174" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Phonetic reading</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149484" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/phonetic0ed">Enter the phonetic reading for the corresponding entry. For example, if a Japanese Kanji word has more than one pronunciation, enter the correct pronunciation as a Katakana word. The Kanji word is then sorted according to the phonetic reading entry.</ahelp> This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled.</paragraph> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/mainentrycb" id="bm_id3149104" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143284" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Main Entry</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151248" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/mainentrycb">Makes the selected text the main entry in an alphabetical index.</ahelp> $[officename] displays the page number of the main entry in a different format than the other entries in the index.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/levelnf" id="bm_id3147092" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149821" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Level</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147098" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/levelnf">Entries using the paragraph format "Heading X" (X = 1-10) can be automatically added to the table of contents. The level of the entry in the index corresponds to the outline level of the heading style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3149175" xml-lang="en-US">This option is available only for table of contents and user-defined index entries.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/applytoallcb" id="bm_id3145777" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156278" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Apply to all similar texts</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145783" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/applytoallcb">Automatically marks all other occurrences of the selected text in the document. Text in headers, footers, frames, and captions is not included.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155920" xml-lang="en-US">You cannot use the function for an <emph>Entry </emph>that you entered manually in this dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3147496" xml-lang="en-US">To include all occurrences of a text passage in an index, select the text, choose<emph> Edit - Find & Replace</emph>, and click <emph>Find All</emph>. Then choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</emph> and click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/searchcasesensitivecb" id="bm_id3150555" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149568" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Match case</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150562" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/searchcasesensitivecb"><embedvar href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp#exakt"/></ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/searchcasewordonlycb" id="bm_id3146326" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147741" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Whole words only</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146332" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/searchcasewordonlycb"><embedvar href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp#ganze"/></ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/insert" id="bm_id3149839" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146345" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Insert</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149845" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/insert">Marks an index entry in your text.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/close" id="bm_id3154771" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148855" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Close</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154777" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/close">Closes the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/new" id="bm_id3151095" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151083" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New user-defined index</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150161" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/new">Opens the <emph>Create New User-defined Index</emph> dialog where you can create a custom index.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/newuserindexdialog/NewUserIndexDialog" id="bm_id3153307" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153296" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Name</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153507" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/newuserindexdialog/NewUserIndexDialog">Enter a name for the new user-defined index. The new index is added to the list of available indexes and tables.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156124" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp" name="Using Tables of Content and Indexes">Using Tables of Content and Indexes</link></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..976c11982 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120200xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:InsertMultiIndex" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154471" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3151312">Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</h1> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154476" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="verzeichnisse"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertMultiIndex" visibility="visible">Inserts an index or a table of contents at the current cursor position.</ahelp> To edit an index or table of contents, place the cursor in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>.</variable></paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#stichwortverzeichnisverz"/> +</section> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154575" xml-lang="en-US">You can also preview the index or table in this dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155905" xml-lang="en-US">Depending on the type of index or table that you select, the following tabs are present.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp#index_type"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp#entries"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp#styles"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#columns"/> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149481" xml-lang="en-US">Use this tab to specify the column layout for the index or table of contents. By default, the index title is one-column wide and extends out from left page margin.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp#area"/> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149095" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/main.xhp" name="Using Tables of Content and Indexes">Using Tables of Content and Indexes</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..21431e1cb --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120201xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Styles</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="styles"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/TocStylesPage" id="bm_id3154643" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145825" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp" name="Styles">Styles</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154505" xml-lang="en-US">You can assign different paragraph styles to change the formatting of index titles, separators and index entries. You can also modify paragraph styles in this dialog.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#stichwortverzeichnisverz3"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150565" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Assignment</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/levels" id="bm_id3154642" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147171" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Levels</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151180" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/levels">Select the index level that you change the formatting of.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/styles" id="bm_id3150766" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147571" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Paragraph Styles</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149290" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/styles">Select the paragraph style that you want to apply to the selected index level, and then click the Assign (<emph><) </emph>button.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/assign" id="bm_id3147514" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145418" xml-lang="en-US" level="3"><</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154099" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/assign">Formats the selected index level with the selected paragraph style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/default" id="bm_id3153533" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149807" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Default</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153539" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/default">Resets the formatting of the selected level to the "Default" paragraph style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/edit" id="bm_id3153668" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154474" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Edit</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153675" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/edit">Opens the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog, where you can modify the selected paragraph style.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ebd512dab --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120210xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Type</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="index_type"> + <paragraph id="hd_id3150933" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="Type">Type</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3148390">Use this tab to specify and define the type of <link href="text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp" name="index">index</link> that you want to insert. You can also create custom indexes.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz2"/> +</section> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153921" xml-lang="en-US">Depending on the type of index that you select, this tab contains the following options.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="hd_id3147175" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp" name="Table of Contents">Table of Contents</link></paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#verzeichnis"/> + <paragraph id="hd_id3151183" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp" name="Alphabetical Index">Alphabetical Index</link></paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#verzeichnis"/> + <paragraph id="hd_id3154645" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp" name="Illustration Index">Illustration Index</link></paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#verzeichnis"/> + <paragraph id="hd_id3151265" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp" name="Index of Tables">Index of Tables</link></paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp#verzeichnis"/> + <paragraph id="hd_id3153152" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp" name="User-Defined">User-Defined</link></paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp#verzeichnis"/> + <paragraph id="hd_id3149759" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp" name="Table of Objects">Table of Objects</link></paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp#verzeichnis"/> + <paragraph id="hd_id3145410" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp" name="Bibliography">Bibliography</link></paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp#verzeichnis"/> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154278" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/main.xhp" name="Using Tables of Content and Indexes">Using Tables of Content and Indexes</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152942" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp" name="Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry">Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4723157aa --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104120211xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Index</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/TocIndexPage" id="bm_id3145247" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3150018"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp" name="Index">Index</link></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150570" role="paragraph"><variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Table of Contents </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type. +</variable></paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz21"/> + </section> + <section id="type_and_title"> + <h2 id="hd_id3150763">Type and Title</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149286" role="paragraph">Specify the type and title of the index.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/type" id="bm_id3145412" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3151171">Type</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145418" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/type">Select the type of index that you want to insert or edit.</ahelp> The options available on this tab depend on the index type that you select. If the cursor is in an index when you choose the <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>, you can then edit that index.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/title" id="bm_id3149812" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149801">Title</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153532" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/title">Enter a title for the selected index.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/readonly" id="bm_id3154477" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3151317">Protected against manual changes</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153665" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/readonly">Prevents the contents of the index from being changed.</ahelp> Manual changes that you make to an index are lost when the index is refreshed. If you want the cursor to scroll through a protected area, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>, and then select the <emph>Enable cursor</emph> check box in the <emph>Protected Areas</emph> section.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="create_index_for"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/scope" id="bm_id3155904" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3155893">Create Index or Table of Contents</h2> +<h3 id="hd_id3154197">For</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149688" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/scope">Select whether to create the index for the document or for the current chapter.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/level" id="bm_id3155181" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3154199">Evaluate up to level</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3143270" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/level">Enter the number of heading levels to include in the index.</ahelp></paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3149484">Create from</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149096" role="paragraph">Use this area to specify which information to include in an index.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromheadings" id="bm_id3149826" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149815">Outline</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151253" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromheadings">Creates the index using outline levels. Paragraphs formatted with one of the predefined heading styles (Heading 1-10) are added to the index.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1209200804373840" role="paragraph">You can also assign outline levels to paragraphs in the <link href="text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp">Outline & List</link> tab page of the Format - Paragraph dialog.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/addstylescb" id="bm_id3152766" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3153633">Additional Styles</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152772" role="paragraph"><variable id="vorlg"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/addstylescb">Includes the paragraph styles that you specify in the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog as index entries. To select the paragraph styles that you want to include in the index, click the <emph>Assign Styles (...)</emph> button to the right of this box.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<tip id="par_id41550528154857">You can include the Figure Index Heading or Bibliography Heading styles, as well as any other relevant heading style, to the Table of Contents.</tip> + <section id="assign_styles"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/styles" id="bm_id3149180" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149168">Assign styles</h3> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145776" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/styles">Opens the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog, where you can select the paragraph styles to include in the index. Choose the proper heading level on which the style will be included in the index.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#emptyentry"/> + <section id="index_marks"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/indexmarks" id="bm_id3155854" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3151374">Index marks</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155861" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/indexmarks">Includes the index entries that you inserted by choosing <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</emph> in the index.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c623eb659 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120212xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Index</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147338" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp" name="Index">Index</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155962" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Alphabetical Index </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz22"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#type_and_title"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#create_index_for"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153247" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/combinesame" id="bm_id3146963" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154651" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Combine identical entries</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153810" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/combinesame">Replaces identical index entries with a single entry that lists the page numbers where the entry occurs in the document. For example, the entries "View 10, View 43" are combined as "View 10, 43".</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/useff" id="bm_id3151393" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147403" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Combine identical entries with f or ff</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3083451" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/useff">Replaces identical index entries that occur on the directly following page(s), with a single entry that lists the first page number and a "f" or "ff". For example, the entries "View 10, View 11" are combined as "View 10f", and "View 10, View 11, View 12" as "View 10ff". Actual appearance depends on the locale setting, but can be overridden with <emph>Sort - Language</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/usedash" id="bm_id3149353" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3157870" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Combine with -</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145825" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/usedash">Replaces identical index entries that occur on consecutive pages with a single entry and the page range where the entry occurs. For example, the entries "View 10, View 11, View 12" are combined as "View 10-12".</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/casesens" id="bm_id3150019" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154502" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Case sensitive</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149880" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/casesens">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters in identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp> If you want the first occurrence of the entry in the document to determine the case of the entry, select <emph>Combine identical entries</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_idN10671" xml-lang="en-US">To use multi-level collation to Asian languages, select <emph>Case sensitive</emph>. In the multi-level collation, the cases and diacritics of the entries are ignored and only the primitive forms of the entries are compared. If the forms are identical, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still identical, the cases of the forms as well as the widths of the characters, and the differences in the Japanese Kana are compared.<comment>UFI: see #112590# and #112507#</comment></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/initcaps" id="bm_id3148393" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150569" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">AutoCapitalize entries</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148772" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/initcaps">Automatically capitalizes the first letter of an index entry.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keyasentry" id="bm_id3153924" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155986" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Keys as separate entries</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147170" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keyasentry">Inserts index keys as separate index entries.</ahelp> A key is inserted as a top level index entry and the entries that are assigned to the key as indented subentries.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151184" xml-lang="en-US">To define an index key, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp" name="Insert Index Entry"><emph>Insert Index Entry</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromfile" id="bm_id3150766" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154646" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Concordance file</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156322" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromfile">Automatically marks index entries using a concordance file - a list of words to include in an index.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/file" id="bm_id3153151" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150258" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">File</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149287" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/file">Select, create, or edit a concordance file.</ahelp></paragraph> +<section id="sort"> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152950" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Sort</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149812" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the options for sorting the index entries.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/lang" id="bm_id3150359" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150347" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Language</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154475" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/lang">Select the language rules to use for sorting the index entries.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keytype" id="bm_id3147524" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153675" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Key type</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147530" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keytype">Select numeric when you want to sort numbers by value, such as in 1, 2, 12. Select alphanumeric, when you want to sort the numbers by character code, such as in 1, 12, 2.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c3ef3b4e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120213xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Index</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147570" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp" name="Index">Index</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145415" xml-lang="en-US"> +<variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select the <emph>Illustration Index </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz23"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#type_and_title"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#create_index_for"/> +<section id="create_from"> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153534" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Create from</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151315" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the information to be combined to form an index.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/captions" id="bm_id3153671" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154478" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Captions</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153677" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/captions">Creates index entries from object captions.</ahelp> To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/category" id="bm_id3155903" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154576" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Category</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149687" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/category">Select the caption category that you want to use for the index entries.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/display" id="bm_id3155179" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154195" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Display</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155186" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/display">Select the part of the caption that you want to use for index entries.</ahelp> The following table lists the caption options that can be selected, based on the caption text "Illustration 24: The Sun", where "Illustration 24" was automatically generated, and "The Sun" was added by the user.</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3149490" name="tbl_id3149490"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151260" xml-lang="en-US">Selections in the Display list box</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148972" xml-lang="en-US">Entry in the Index</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147213" xml-lang="en-US">Reference Text</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153636" xml-lang="en-US">Illustration 24: The Sun</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152768" xml-lang="en-US">Category and Number</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155145" xml-lang="en-US">Illustration 24</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149168" xml-lang="en-US">Caption</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145781" xml-lang="en-US">The Sun</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155915" xml-lang="en-US">If you select "Caption Text", the punctuation and the space at the beginning of the caption does not appear in the index entry.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objnames" id="bm_id3155857" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151378" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Object names</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155863" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objnames">Creates index entries from object names.</ahelp> You can view object names in the Navigator, for example, and change them in the context menu.</paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b10ca371 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120214xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Index</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151387" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp" name="Index">Index</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146320" xml-lang="en-US"> +<variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Index of Tables </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz24"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#type_and_title"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#create_index_for"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#create_from"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c7ec6ff09 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120215xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Index</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150568" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp" name="Index">Index</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151183" xml-lang="en-US"> +<variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>User-Defined </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz25"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151174" xml-lang="en-US">User-defined indexes are available in the <emph>Type</emph> box when you insert an index entry in your document.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#type_and_title"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#create_index_for"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154097" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Create from</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149802" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Styles</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#vorlg"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#assign_styles"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#index_marks"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromtables" id="bm_id3152962" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151320" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Tables</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154473" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromtables">Includes tables in the index.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromgraphics" id="bm_id3153670" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154569" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Graphics</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153676" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromgraphics">Includes graphics in the index.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromframes" id="bm_id3154188" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149685" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Frames</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154195" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromframes">Includes frames in the index.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromoles" id="bm_id3143276" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155182" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">OLE objects</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143282" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromoles">Includes OLE objects in the index.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/uselevel" id="bm_id3149106" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149095" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Use level from source chapter</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151250" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/uselevel">Indents table, graphic, frame, and OLE object index entries according their place in the chapter heading hierarchy.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp" name="Defining an index entry">Defining an index entry</link></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9550c6a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120216xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Index</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145247" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp" name="Index">Index</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147175" xml-lang="en-US"> +<variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Table of Objects </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz26"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#type_and_title"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#create_index_for"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objects" id="bm_id3145416" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151174" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Create from the following objects</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153417" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objects">Select the object types that you want to include in a table of objects.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89d479099 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120217xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Index</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146322" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp" name="Index">Index</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145825" xml-lang="en-US"> +<variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Bibliography </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz27"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#type_and_title"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148773" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Formatting of the entries</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/numberentries" id="bm_id3154640" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147167" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Number entries</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154647" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/numberentries">Automatically numbers the bibliography entries.</ahelp> To set the sorting options for the numbering, click the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp" name="Entries">Entries</link> tab.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/brackets" id="bm_id3149290" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150759" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Brackets</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149295" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/brackets">Select the brackets that you want to enclose bibliography entries.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#sort"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00bd71569 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120219xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Assign Styles</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + +<bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/@@nowidget@@" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/AssignStylesDialog" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149354" localize="false"/> + <paragraph id="hd_id3155621" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp" name="Assign Styles">Assign Styles</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145828" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/AssignStylesDialog" visibility="visible">Creates index entries from specific paragraph styles.</ahelp></paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz28"/> +</section> + <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3145249" xml-lang="en-US">Styles</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150566" xml-lang="en-US">The list contains the paragraph styles that you can assign to index levels.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3147176">To create an index entry from a paragraph style, click the style in the<emph> Styles</emph> list, and then click the <emph>>> </emph>button to move the style to the index level that you want.</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/left" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151187" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3150762" xml-lang="en-US"><<</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149289" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/left" visibility="visible">Moves the selected paragraph style up one level in the index hierarchy.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/right" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147506" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3151178" xml-lang="en-US">>></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157903" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/right" visibility="visible">Moves the selected paragraph style down one level in the index hierarchy.</ahelp></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..378484461 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120220xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Entries (indexes/tables)</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="entries"> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/@@nowidget@@" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/TocEntriesPage" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3145824" localize="false"/> + <paragraph id="hd_id3149349" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp" name="Entries (indexes/tables)">Entries (indexes/tables)</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154504" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/TocEntriesPage">Specify the format of the index or table entries. The appearance of this tab changes to reflect the type of index that you selected on the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="Type">Type</link> tab.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz3"/> +</section> + <paragraph id="hd_id3148770" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp" name="Table of Contents">Table of Contents</link></paragraph> + <paragraph id="hd_id3147564" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp" name="Alphabetical Index">Alphabetical Index</link></paragraph> + <paragraph id="hd_id3151188" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp" name="Illustration Index">Illustration Index</link></paragraph> + <paragraph id="hd_id3150761" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp" name="Index of Tables">Index of Tables</link></paragraph> + <paragraph id="hd_id3153517" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp" name="User-Defined">User-Defined</link></paragraph> + <paragraph id="hd_id3151175" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp" name="Table of Objects">Table of Objects</link></paragraph> + <paragraph id="hd_id3147506" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp" name="Bibliography">Bibliography</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6404ec33f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104120221xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Entries (table of contents)</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<paragraph id="hd_id3145827" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp" name="Entries (table of contents)">Entries (table of contents)</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150017" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="eintraege">Specify the format of the entries in the table of contents.</variable></paragraph> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz31"/> +</section> + +<section id="level"> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3148774" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Level</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3147169" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the level that you want to define.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="structure"> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147569" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Structure and formatting</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154638" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Structure </emph>line defines how the entries in the index are composed. To change the appearance of an entry you can enter codes or text in the empty boxes on this line. You can also click in an empty box or on a code, and then click a code button.<comment>this line also appears for bibliographic index</comment></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/token" id="bm_id3151171" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_id3149292" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Displays the remainder of the <emph>Structure </emph>line.</ahelp><comment>UFI: see #i27934#</comment></paragraph> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147512" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To delete a code from the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click the code, and then press the <item type="keycode">Delete</item> key.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149806" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To replace a code from the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click the code, and then click a code button.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154480" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To add a code to the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click in an empty box, and then click a code button.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> +</section> + +<section id="chapterno"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterno" id="bm_id3152962" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3153675" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Chapter number (E#)</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154567" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterno">Inserts the chapter number. To assign chapter numbering to a heading style, choose<emph> Tools - Chapter Numbering</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="entry_text"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/entrytext" id="bm_id3154193" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3149691" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Entry text (E)</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154199" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/entrytext">Inserts the text of the chapter heading.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="tab_stop"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstop" id="bm_id3149484" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3143276" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Tab stop (T)</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149490" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstop">Inserts a tab stop. To add leader dots to the tab stop, select a character in the <emph>Fill character box</emph>. To change the position of the tab stop, enter a value in the <emph>Tab stop position </emph>box, or select the <emph>Align right </emph>check box.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="page_number"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/pageno" id="bm_id3148974" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3151257" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Page number (#)</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3148981" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/pageno">Inserts the page number of the entry.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/hyperlink" id="bm_id3147224" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147212" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US"> Hyperlink (LS and LE)</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3153631" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/hyperlink">Creates a hyperlink for the part of the entry that you enclose by the opening (LS) and the closing (LE) hyperlink tags. On the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click in the empty box in front of the part that you want to create a hyperlink for, and then click this button. Click in the empty box after the part that you want to hyperlink, and then click this button again. All hyperlinks must be unique. Available only for a table of contents.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/all" id="bm_id3152778" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3152766" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">All</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3155137" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/all">Applies the current settings to all levels without closing the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<section id="structure2"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/charstyle" id="bm_id3156270" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3153355" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Character Style</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3156277" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/charstyle">Specify the formatting style for the selected part on the <emph>Structure line</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/edit" id="bm_id3145784" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3145772" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Edit</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3151372" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/edit">Opens a dialog where you can edit the selected character style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/fillchar" id="bm_id3155921" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155909" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Fill character</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150112" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/fillchar">Select the tab leader that you want use.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstoppos" id="bm_id3155871" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3155859" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Tab stop position</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150689" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstoppos">Enter the distance to leave between the left page margin and the tab stop.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/alignright" id="bm_id3147488" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147415" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Align right</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3147495" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/alignright">Aligns the tab stop to the right page margin.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="format"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/numberformat" id="bm_id9986877" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3145269" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Format</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id6499221" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Only visible when you click the E# button in the Structure line. Select to show the chapter number with or without separator.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#eval"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/reltostyle" id="bm_id3150547" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3149559" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Tab position relative to Paragraph Style indent</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150554" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/reltostyle">Positions the tab stop relative to the "indent from left" value defined in the paragraph style selected on the <emph>Styles</emph> tab. Otherwise the tab stop is positioned relative to the left text margin.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c5af1cbc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120222xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Entries (alphabetical index)</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147506" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp" name="Entries (alphabetical index)">Entries (alphabetical index)</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154100" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="eintraege">Specify the format of the alphabetical index entries. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz32"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#level"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153532" xml-lang="en-US">Level "S" refers to the single letter headings that divide the index entries alphabetically. To enable these headings, select the <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph> check box in the <emph>Format</emph> area.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#entry_text"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#tab_stop"/> +<section id="level"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterinfo" id="bm_id3154566" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152957" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Chapter Info</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154573" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterinfo">Inserts chapter information, such as the chapter heading and number. Select the information that you want to display in the <emph>Chapter entry </emph>box.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterentry" id="bm_id3154196" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149692" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Chapter entry</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155174" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterentry">Select the chapter information that you want to include in the index entry.</ahelp></paragraph> +<section id="eval"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/entryoutlinelevel" id="bm_id354930" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id7605517" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Evaluate up to level</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6739402" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the maximum hierarchy level down to which objects are shown in the generated index.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#page_number"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure2"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#format"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/mainstyle" id="bm_id3149102" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149493" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Character Style for main entries</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149109" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/mainstyle">Specify the formatting style for the main entries in the alphabetical index. To convert an index entry into a main entry, click in front of the index field in the document and then choose <emph>Edit - </emph><link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp" name="Index Entry"><emph>Index Entry</emph></link>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/alphadelim" id="bm_id3147094" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148977" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Alphabetical delimiter</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147100" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/alphadelim">Uses the initial letters of the alphabetically arranged index entries as section headings.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/commasep" id="bm_id3149043" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147226" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Key separated by commas</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153631" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/commasep">Arranges the index entries on the same line, separated by commas.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ae8959f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120223xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Entries (illustration index)</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145244" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp" name="Entries (illustration index)">Entries (illustration index)</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148769" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="eintraege">Specify the format for the illustration index entries. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz33"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#level"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154639" xml-lang="en-US">Illustration Indexes only have one index level.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#entry_text"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#tab_stop"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#page_number"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#level"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure2"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#format"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f96d1b8ff --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120224xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Entries (index of tables)</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147406" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp" name="Entries (index of tables)">Entries (index of tables)</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146318" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="eintraege">Specify the format for the entries in an Index of Tables. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz34"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#level"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150020" xml-lang="en-US">An Index of Tables only has one index level.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#entry_text"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#tab_stop"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#page_number"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#level"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure2"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#format"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb1e24102 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120225xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Entries (user-defined index)</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147406" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp" name="Entries (user-defined index)">Entries (user-defined index)</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146318" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="eintraege">Specify the format for the entries in a user-defined index. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz35"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#level"/> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3150020" xml-lang="en-US">User-defined indexes do not support sub-keys.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#entry_text"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#tab_stop"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#page_number"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#level"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure2"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#format"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0e632780e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120226xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Entries (table of objects)</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147401" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp" name="Entries (table of objects)">Entries (table of objects)</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3083447" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="eintraege">Specify the format for the entries in a Table of Objects. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz36"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#level"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150017" xml-lang="en-US">A Table of Objects only has one index level.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#entry_text"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#tab_stop"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#page_number"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#level"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure2"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#format"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1019e73bd --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120227xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Entries (bibliography)</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151388" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp" name="Entries (bibliography)">Entries (bibliography)</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3083449" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="eintraege">Specify the format for bibliography entries. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz37"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id31544970" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Type</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150017" xml-lang="en-US">The types that are displayed depend on the different literature sources.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#tab_stop"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/authfield" id="bm_id3147168" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150570" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Type</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147175" xml-lang="en-US">Lists the available bibliography entries. <ahelp hid=".">To add an entry to the Structure line, click the entry, click in an empty box on the Structure line, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> Use the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog to add new entries.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/insert" id="bm_id3151171" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149287" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Insert</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151178" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/insert">Adds the reference code for the selected bibliography entry to the Structure line. Select an entry in the list, click in an empty box, and then click this button.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/remove" id="bm_id3149800" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154096" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Remove</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149807" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/remove">Removes the selected reference code from the Structure line.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure2"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154470" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Sort by</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154482" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the sorting options for the bibliography entries.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortpos" id="bm_id3153677" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153665" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Document position</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151314" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortpos">Sorts the bibliography entries according to the position of their references in the document.</ahelp> Select this option if you want to use automatically numbered references.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortcontents" id="bm_id3155902" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154576" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Content</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149687" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortcontents">Sorts the bibliography entries by the Sort keys that you specify, for example, by author or by year of publication.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155175" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Sort keys</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key1lb" id="bm_id3143281" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key2lb" id="bm_id3149481" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key3lb" id="bm_id3149486" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143270" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">1, 2 or 3</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149491" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key3lb">Select the entry by which to sort the bibliography entries. This option is only available if you select the <emph>Content</emph> radio button in the <emph>Sort by</emph> area.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up1cb" id="bm_id3149104" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up2cb" id="bm_id3149108" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up3cb" id="bm_id3147091" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149826" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">AZ</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147098" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up3cb">Sorts the bibliography entries in ascending alphanumerical order.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down1cb" id="bm_id3147221" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down2cb" id="bm_id3147225" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down3cb" id="bm_id3149035" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148981" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">ZA</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149041" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down3cb">Sorts the bibliography entries in a descending alphanumerical order.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b44fb66e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104120229xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Define Bibliography Entry</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createauthorentry/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createauthorentry/CreateAuthorEntryDialog" id="bm_id3147571" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147176" role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151183" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/createauthorentry/CreateAuthorEntryDialog">Change the content of a bibliography entry.</ahelp></paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#litdef"/> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151175" role="heading" level="2">Entry data</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145419" role="paragraph">Enter a short name and select the appropriate source type. You can now enter data into the other fields belonging for the entry.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_IDENTIFIER" id="bm_id3154107" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154097" role="heading" level="2">Short name</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145582" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the short name for the bibliography entry. You can only enter a name here if you are creating a new bibliography entry.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_AUTHOR" id="bm_id3153538" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_YEAR" id="bm_id3153666" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_ADDRESS" id="bm_id3153670" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CHAPTER" id="bm_id3153674" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_EDITOR" id="bm_id3151308" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_BOOKTITLE" id="bm_id3151312" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_HOWPUBLISHED" id="bm_id3151316" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_INSTITUTION" id="bm_id3151321" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_JOURNAL" id="bm_id3154566" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_SERIES" id="bm_id3154570" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_NOTE" id="bm_id3154575" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM1" id="bm_id3154471" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM3" id="bm_id3154476" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM5" id="bm_id3154480" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_TITLE" id="bm_id3152952" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_PUBLISHER" id="bm_id3152956" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_ISBN" id="bm_id3152960" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_PAGES" id="bm_id3152964" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_EDITION" id="bm_id3155895" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_VOLUME" id="bm_id3155899" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_ORGANIZATIONS" id="bm_id3155904" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_SCHOOL" id="bm_id3149685" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_MONTH" id="bm_id3149689" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_NUMBER" id="bm_id3149694" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_ANNOTE" id="bm_id3154189" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_URL" id="bm_id3154193" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM2" id="bm_id3154197" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM4" id="bm_id3154201" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153527" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_AUTHORITY_TYPE" id="bm_id3143277" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155185" role="heading" level="2">Type</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3143283" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the source for the bibliography entry.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147091" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp" name="Formatting bibliography entries">Formatting bibliography entries</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ba60bb2b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104120250xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Concordance File</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3148768"> + <bookmark_value>editing; concordance files</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>concordance files; definition</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createautomarkdialog/CreateAutomarkDialog" id="bm_id3147169" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createautomarkdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3148768">Edit Concordance File</h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3151180" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/createautomarkdialog/CreateAutomarkDialog">Create or edit a list of words to include in an Alphabetical Index.</ahelp> A concordance file lists words that should be referenced in an alphabetical index, together with the page number(s) where they appear in the document.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id837427" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can use the Find All button on the Find & Replace dialog to highlight all places where a word appears, then open the Insert Index Entry dialog to add that word and places to the alphabetical index. However, if you need the same set of alphabetical indexes in multiple documents, the concordance file allows you to enter every word just once, then use the list many times.<comment>i61650</comment></paragraph> + +<note id="par_id771599006446118">The default filter for creating or opening concordance files is <literal>*.sdi</literal>. However, the file format of the concordance file is plain text.</note> + +<h2 id="hd_id3154645">To access the Edit Concordance File dialog:</h2> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3149292" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography - Type</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3145420" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Type </emph>box, select "Alphabetical Index".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3154107" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Options </emph>area, select the <emph>Concordance file</emph> check box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153668" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>File</emph> button, and then choose <emph>New</emph> or <emph>Edit</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id3154470" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">A concordance file contains the following fields:</paragraph> +<table id="tab_id131599005949274"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id91599005949275" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Term</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id461599005949276" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Meaning</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id291599005949278" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Search term</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3152953" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">"Search term" refers to the index entry that you want to mark in the document.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id811599006053151" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" >Alternative entry</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3155896" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">"Alternative entry" refers to the index entry that you want to appear in the index.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id661599006090921" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" >1st and 2nd Keys</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154194" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">The 1st and 2nd Keys are parent index entries. The "Search term" or the "Alternative entry" appears as a subentry under the 1st and 2nd Keys.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id521599007507727" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" >Comment</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id981599007507728" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" >Add a comment line above the entry. Commented lines start with #.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id441599006128506" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" >Match case</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3155184" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">"Match case" means that uppercase and lowercase letters are considered.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id361599006161460" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US" >Word only</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3143282" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">"Word only" searches for the term as a single word.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<note id="par_id3147220">To enable the "Match case" or "Word only" options, click in the corresponding cell, and then select the check box.</note> + +<h2 id="hd_id3153629">To create a concordance file without the Edit Concordance File dialog:</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3153644" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Use the following format guidelines when you create a concordance file:</paragraph> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3152770" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Each entry in the concordance file is on a separate line.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3155142" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Commented lines start with #.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153354" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Use the following format for the entries:</paragraph> + </listitem></list> + <paragraph id="par_id3149172" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><literal>Search term;Alternative entry;1st key;2nd key;Match case;Word only</literal></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3156270" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The entries "Match case" and "Word only" are interpreted as "No" or FALSE if they are empty or zero (0). All other contents are interpreted as "Yes" or TRUE.</paragraph> + +<h3 id="hd_id3145778">Example</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3155907" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">For example, to include the word "Boston" in your alphabetical index under the "Cities" entry, enter the following line in the concordance file:</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3151370" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><literal>Boston;Boston;Cities;;0;0</literal> <comment>UFI: translate this with same name as in par_id3155907. Pay attention to the following paras also</comment></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3151383" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">This also finds "Boston" if it is written in lowercase letters.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3155866" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To include the "Beacon Hill" district in Boston under the "Cities" entry, enter the following line:</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150116" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><literal>Beacon Hill;Boston;Cities;</literal></paragraph> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6f2c532a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104120300xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Bibliography Entry</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/BibliographyEntryDialog" id="bm_id6229048" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertAuthoritiesEntry" id="bm_id3150763" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151187" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Insert Bibliography Entry</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154642" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="literaturvz"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertAuthoritiesEntry">Inserts a bibliography reference.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#inhaltsverz"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145416" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Entry</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/frombibliography" id="bm_id3147512" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3157721" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From bibliography database</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154096" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/frombibliography">Inserts a reference from the bibliography database.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/fromdocument" id="bm_id3153529" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149805" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From document content</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153536" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/fromdocument">Inserts a reference from the bibliography records that are stored in the current document.</ahelp> An entry that is stored in the document has priority over an entry that is stored in the bibliography database.</paragraph> +<section id="saving_note"> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3154200" xml-lang="en-US">When you save a document that contains bibliography entries, the corresponding records are automatically saved in a hidden field in the document.</paragraph> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/entryed" id="bm_id3143284" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/entrylb" id="bm_id3149483" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143273" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Short name</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149490" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/entrylb">Select the short name of the bibliography record that you want to insert.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151260" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Author, Title</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149824" xml-lang="en-US">If available, the author and the full title of the selected short name are displayed in this area.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/insert" id="bm_id3147094" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149105" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Insert</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147100" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/insert">Inserts the bibliographic reference into the document. If you created a new record, you must also insert it as an entry, otherwise the record is lost when you close the document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/close" id="bm_id3148983" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147216" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Close</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149036" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/close">Closes the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/new" id="bm_id3147573" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153634" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147579" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/new">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can create a new bibliography record. This record is only stored in the document. To add a record to the bibliography database, choose <emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/edit" id="bm_id3157894" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155142" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157900" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/edit">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog where you can edit the selected bibliography record.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149172" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp" name="Tips for working with bibliography entries">Tips for working with bibliography entries</link></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30c23bbd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104130000xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Frame</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertFrame" id="bm_id2796990" localize="false"/> +<section id="frame"> +<h1 id="hd_id3151189">Frame</h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145420" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="rahm"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFrame">Inserts a frame that you can use to create a layout of one or more columns of text and objects.</ahelp></variable></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#frame"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153678" xml-lang="en-US">To edit a frame, click the border to select it, and then choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties</emph>. You can also resize or move a selected frame using special <link href="text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp" name="shortcut keys">shortcut keys</link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152952" xml-lang="en-US">To delete a frame, click the border of the frame, and then press Delete.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151311" xml-lang="en-US">If you see small red arrows at the beginning and the end of text in frame, use the arrow keys to scroll through the remaining text.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155896" xml-lang="en-US">In the preview area of the <emph>Frame</emph> dialog, the frame is represented by a green rectangle, and the reference area by a red rectangle.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149694" xml-lang="en-US">You can also preview the effects when you change the frame anchor to "As Character". The "Baseline" is drawn in red, "Character" is the font height, and "line" is the height of the line, including the frame.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#type"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#options"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#wrap"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#hyperlink"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp#borders"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp#area"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#columns"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#macro"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertFrameInteract" id="bm_id8960281" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149107">Icon on the Insert toolbar:</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148970" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="syrahmentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFrameInteract">Draws a frame where you drag in the document. Click the arrow next to the icon to select the number of columns for the frame.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syframe"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2bd239e77 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104130100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Resizing and Moving Frames, Objects With the Keyboard</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154506"><bookmark_value>moving;objects and frames</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>objects;moving and resizing with keyboard</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>resizing;objects and frames, by keyboard</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>MW changed "objects;"</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154506" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Resizing and Moving Frames, Objects With the Keyboard</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145248" xml-lang="en-US">You can resize and move selected frames and objects with the keyboard.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148771" xml-lang="en-US">To move a selected frame or object, press an arrow key. To move by one pixel, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press an arrow key.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150762" xml-lang="en-US">To resize a selected frame or object, first press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Tab</keycode>. Now one of the handles blinks to show that it is selected. To select another handle, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Tab</keycode> again. Press an arrow key to resize the object by one grid unit. To resize by one pixel, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press an arrow key.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149294" xml-lang="en-US">The increment by which you move an object with the keyboard is determined by the document grid. To change the properties of the document grid, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp" name="Text document - Grid"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Grid</emph></link>.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8d26d5e4e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0104150000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Table</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="inserttable"> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertTable" id="bm_id3151392" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/InsertTableDialog" id="bm_id3151394" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3147402" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp">Insert Table</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149355" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="table_text"><variable id="tabelletext"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts a table into the document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell.</ahelp> +</variable></variable></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#insert_table"/> +</section> +<list type="unordered"> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153922" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a table from another document, copy the table, and then paste the table into the current document.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151181" xml-lang="en-US">To convert text into a table, select the text, and then choose <emph>Table - Convert - Text to Table</emph>.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10642" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a table into a table, click in a cell in the table and choose <emph>Table - Insert Table</emph>.</paragraph> +</listitem> +</list> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154638" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] can automatically format numbers that you enter in a table cell, for example, dates and times. To activate this feature, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph> and click the<emph> Number recognition </emph>check box in the <emph>Input in tables</emph> area.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#calculate_intext2"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/nameedit" id="bm_id3147514" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3145419" xml-lang="en-US">Name</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154099" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/nameedit">Enter a name for the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/colspin" id="bm_id3154569" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153672" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Columns</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154576" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/colspin">Enter the number of columns that you want in the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/rowspin" id="bm_id3154470" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152954" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Rows</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154477" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/rowspin">Enter the number of rows that you want in the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155903" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149694" xml-lang="en-US">Set the options for the table.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/headercb" id="bm_id3155181" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154198" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Heading</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155188" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/headercb">Includes a heading row in the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatcb" id="bm_id3143283" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143270" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Repeat heading rows on new pages</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151252" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatcb">Repeats the heading of the table at the top of subsequent page if the table spans more than one page.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatheaderspin" id="bm_id227973" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="par_idN10754" xml-lang="en-US">Heading rows</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10758" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatheaderspin">Select the number of rows that you want to use for the heading.</ahelp> The spinbox accepts values up to one less than the number of rows being inserted.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/dontsplitcb" id="bm_id3149100" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149821" xml-lang="en-US">Don't split the table over pages</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149106" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/dontsplitcb">Prevents the table from spanning more than one page.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/formatlbinstable" id="bm_id3147226" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147213" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">List of table styles</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149036" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a predefined style for the new table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147575" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Icon on the Insert toolbar</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153511" xml-lang="en-US">On the Insert toolbar, click the <emph>Table</emph> icon to open the <emph>Insert Table</emph> dialog, where you can insert a table in the current document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syinsert_table"/> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#table_insert"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp#border_table"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155912" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp" name="Table - Properties - Text Flow">Table - Properties - Text Flow</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150688" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp" name="Writer - Table">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57c340300 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104180400xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Exchange Database</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="exchange_database"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145799"> + <bookmark_value>databases; exchanging</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>address books; exchanging</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>exchanging databases</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>replacing;databases</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ChangeDatabaseField" id="bm_id4081199" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/ExchangeDatabasesDialog" id="bm_id4081299" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3145799" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp" name="Exchange Database">Exchange Database</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3156384" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="datenbankaustext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChangeDatabaseField">Change the data sources for the current document.</ahelp> To correctly display the contents of inserted fields, the replacement database must contain identical field names. </variable></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#datenaust"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id3153818" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">For example, if you inserting address fields in a form letter from an address database, you can then exchange the database with another address database to insert different addresses.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3149130" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Exchange Databases</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3154651" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can only change one database at a time in this dialog.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/inuselb" id="bm_id3149048" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3146965" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Databases in Use</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149053" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/inuselb">Lists the databases that are currently in use.</ahelp> The current document contains at least one data field from each of the databases in the list.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/availablelb" id="bm_id3146048" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147300" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Available Databases</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150533" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/availablelb">Lists the databases that are registered in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/browse" id="bm_id9902035" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="par_idN106DB" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Browse</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN106DF" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/browse">Opens a file open dialog to select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Available Databases list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/define" id="bm_id9902036" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3149349" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Define</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3145827" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/define">Replaces the current data source with the data source that you selected in the <emph>Available Databases </emph>list.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3154506" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To exchange a database:</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149881" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Ensure that both databases contain matching field names and field types.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3148386" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click in the document that you want to change the data source for.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150564" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - Exchange Database</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153925" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Databases in Use</emph> list, select the database table that you want to replace.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3147169" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Available Databases</emph> list, select the replacement database table.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3151273" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Define</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88e6e05ae --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104190000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert (Text from File)</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertDoc" id="bm_id6224917" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147562" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US">Insert (Text from File)</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3145411" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="datei"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts the contents of another document into the current document at the cursor position.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#insert_text_from_file"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_idN105BD" role="tip" xml-lang="en-US">To always have the latest version of the contents of a file, insert a section into your document, and then insert a link to the text file in the section. See <link href="text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp">insert a section</link> for details.</paragraph> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6f1c00beb --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104200000xml" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Insert Script</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/InsertScriptDialog" id="bm_id3083451" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertScript" id="bm_id3146320" localize="false"/> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147402">Insert Script</h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155620" role="paragraph"><variable id="scripttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertScript">Inserts a script at the current cursor position in an HTML or text document.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#einfscript"/> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149880" role="paragraph">An inserted script is indicated by a small green rectangle. If you do not see the rectangle, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp" name="View"><emph>View</emph></link>, and select the <emph>Comments</emph> check box. To edit a script, double-click the green rectangle.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150572" role="paragraph">If your document contains more than one script, the <emph>Edit Script</emph> dialog contains previous and next buttons to jump from script to script.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/previous" id="bm_id3149710" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0903200802541668" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Jump to Previous Script.</ahelp></paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#jump_to_previous_script"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/next" id="bm_id3150761" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0903200802541770" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Jump to Next Script.</ahelp></paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#jump_to_next_script"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154644" role="heading" level="2">Contents</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/scripttype" id="bm_id3151177" localize="false"/> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149294">Script Type</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145413" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/scripttype">Enter the type of script that you want to insert.</ahelp> The script is identified in the HTML source code by the tag <SCRIPT LANGUAGE="JavaScript">.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/url" id="bm_id3149800" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/urlentry" id="bm_id3149803" localize="false"/> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154097">URL</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149810" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/urlentry">Adds a link to a script file. Click the <emph>URL </emph>radio button, and then enter the link in the box. You can also click the <emph>Browse</emph> button, locate the file, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> The linked script file is identified in the HTML source code by the following tags:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152963" role="paragraph"><SCRIPT LANGUAGE="JavaScript" SRC="url"></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153678" role="paragraph">/* ignore all text here */</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154574" role="paragraph"></SCRIPT></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/browse" id="bm_id3149692" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155903" role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154188" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/browse">Locate the script file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/textentry" id="bm_id3149489" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/text" id="bm_id3149493" localize="false"/> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155184">Text</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3143272" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/text">Enter the script code that you want to insert.</ahelp></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c6cd4997f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104220000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Header</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="header"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertPageHeader" id="bm_id3155625" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3146320" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp" name="Header">Header</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3145827" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds or removes a header from the page style that you select in the submenu. The header is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.</ahelp> In a new document, only the "Default" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document.</paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#kopfzeile"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id2326425" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">The headers are visible only when you view the document in print layout (enable <emph>View - Normal</emph>).</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150570" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">A check mark is displayed in front of the page styles that have headers.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3153921" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To remove a header, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header</emph>, and then select the page style containing the header. The header is removed from all of the pages that use this page style.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150761" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To add or remove headers from all of the page styles that are in use in the document, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header - All</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3156410" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To format a header, choose <link href="text/shared/01/05040300.xhp" name="Format - Page - Header"><emph>Format - Page - Header</emph></link>.</paragraph> +</body> + +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6da40fa30 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104230000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Footer</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="footer"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertPageFooter" id="bm_id3155061" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph id="hd_id3147403" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp" name="Footer">Footer</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149353" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds or removes a footer from the page style that you select in the submenu. The footer is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.</ahelp> In a new document, only the "Default" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document.</paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#fusszeile"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id7026276" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">The footers are visible only when you view the document in print layout (enable <emph>View - Normal</emph>).</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150018" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">A check mark is displayed in front of the page styles that have footers.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3150566" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To remove a footer, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style containing the footer. The footer is removed from all of the pages that use this page style.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3153923" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To add or remove footers from all of the page styles that are in use in the document, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer - All</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3151187" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To format a footer, choose <link href="text/shared/01/05040300.xhp" name="Format - Page - Footer"><emph>Format - Page - Footer</emph></link>.</paragraph> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3eb332d2e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0104990000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Fields (submenu)</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="fields"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertFieldCtrl" id="bm_id030720160547013251" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3147405" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp" name="Fields">Field</link></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3145827" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The submenu lists the most common field types that can be inserted into a document at the current cursor position. To view all of the available fields, choose <emph>More Fields</emph>.</paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#insert_field"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp#page_number"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp#page_count"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp#date"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp#time"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp#title"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030700.xhp#author"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp#subject"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3147571" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Other">More Fields</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp#feldbefehltext"/> +</body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7a47ba415 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105030200xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Text Flow</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="text_flow"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id2502212"><bookmark_value>text flow;at breaks</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>paragraphs;keeping together at breaks</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>protecting;text flow</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>widows</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>orphans</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>block protect, see also widows or orphans</bookmark_value> +</bookmark><comment>mw added two index entries</comment> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/TextFlowPage" id="bm_id3147406" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3147406" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3083447" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp" name="Text Flow">Text Flow</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145824" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/TextFlowPage">Specify hyphenation and pagination options.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#text_flow"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149882" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Hyphenation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150564" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the <link href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp" name="hyphenation">hyphenation</link> options for text documents.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkAuto" id="bm_id3147171" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153920" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Automatically</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154640" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkAuto">Automatically inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkNoCaps" id="bm_id3147172" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153921" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Don't hyphenate words in CAPS</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154648" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkNoCaps">Don't insert hyphens in words written entirely in capital letters.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkNoLastWord" id="bm_id3147176" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153926" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Don't hyphenate the last word</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154655" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkNoLastWord">Don't insert hyphens in the last word of paragraphs.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinLineEnd" id="bm_id3149286" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150766" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Characters at line end</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149291" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinLineEnd">Enter the minimum number of characters to leave at the end of the line before a hyphen is inserted.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinLineBegin" id="bm_id3147508" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145413" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Characters at line begin</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147515" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinLineBegin">Enter the minimum number of characters that must appear at the beginning of the line after the hyphen.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinMaxNum" id="bm_id3153530" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149804" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Maximum consecutive hyphenated lines</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153536" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinMaxNum">Enter the maximum number of consecutive lines that can be hyphenated.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinMinLen" id="bm_id3153534" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149813" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Minimum word length in characters</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153548" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinMinLen">Enter the minimum word length in characters that can be hyphenated.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinHyphenZone" id="bm_id3153537" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149818" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Hyphenation zone</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153549" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinHyphenZone">To reduce hyphenation, enter the length of the hyphenation zone. Instead of the possible hyphenation, the line will break between words, if the remaining horizontal space does not exceed the hyphenation zone. Hyphenation zone results in enlarged spaces between words in justified text, and greater distance from paragraph margins in non-justified text. +</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153665" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Breaks</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154470" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the page or column <link href="text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp" name="break">break</link> options.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkInsert" id="bm_id3154567" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152957" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Insert<comment>UFI: #i30777#</comment></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154574" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkInsert">Select this check box, and then select the break type that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/comboBreakType" id="bm_id3154189" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149687" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Type</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154195" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/comboBreakType">Select the break type that you want to insert.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/comboBreakPosition" id="bm_id3155180" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145766" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Position</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155187" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/comboBreakPosition">Select where you want to insert the break.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkPageStyle" id="bm_id3149494" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149482" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">With Page Style</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143275" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkPageStyle">Select this check box, and then select the page style that you want to use for the first page after the break.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/comboPageStyle" id="bm_id3154831" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149104" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Page Style</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154837" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/comboPageStyle">Select the formatting style to use for the first page after the break.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinPageNumber" id="bm_id3151257" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149827" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Page number</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147089" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinPageNumber">Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the checkbox unchecked.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148978" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147219" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the text flow options for paragraphs that appear before and after a page break.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkSplitPara" id="bm_id3149033" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153635" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Do not split paragraph</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149040" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkSplitPara">Shifts the entire paragraph to the next page or column after a break is inserted.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkKeepPara" id="bm_id3152772" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147585" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Keep with next paragraph</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152779" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkKeepPara">Keeps the current paragraph and the following paragraph together when a break or column break is inserted.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkOrphan" id="bm_id3153356" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinOrphan" id="bm_id3153361" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Orphan control</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156279" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinOrphan">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines </emph>box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the end of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines </emph>box, the paragraph is shifted to the next page.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkWidow" id="bm_id3145780" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinWidow" id="bm_id3145784" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149180" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Widow control</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155918" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinWidow">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines </emph>box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the top of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines </emph>box, the position of the break is adjusted.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#apply"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155860" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#widows_and_orphans" name="Orphans">Orphans</link>.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab7106324 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105030400xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Drop Caps</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="drop_caps"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id7635731"><bookmark_value>first letters as large capital letters</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>capital letters;starting paragraphs</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>drop caps insertion</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/DropCapPage" id="bm_id3151239" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150252" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp" name="Drop Caps">Drop Caps</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154763" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/DropCapPage">Formats the first letter of a paragraph with a large capital letter, that can span several lines. The paragraph must span at least as many lines as you specify in the Lines box.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#drop_caps"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151388" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Settings</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_SWITCH" id="bm_id3146322" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147295" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Display drop caps</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150536" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_SWITCH">Applies the drop cap settings to the selected paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_WORD" id="bm_id3145824" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155626" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Whole word</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154554" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_WORD">Displays the first letter of the first word in the paragraph as a drop cap, and the remaining letters of the word as large type.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DROPCAPS" id="bm_id3150020" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154505" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Number of characters</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149881" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DROPCAPS">Enter the number of characters to convert to drop caps. </ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_LINES" id="bm_id3148775" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150932" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Lines</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148391" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_LINES">Enter the number of lines that you want the drop cap to extend downward from the first line of the paragraph. Shorter paragraphs will not get drop caps.</ahelp> The selection is limited to 2-9 lines.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DISTANCE" id="bm_id3153920" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149030" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Space to text</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153926" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DISTANCE">Enter the amount of space to leave between the drop caps and the rest of the text in the paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153723" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Contents</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/entryEDT_TEXT" id="bm_id3147564" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154638" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147569" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/entryEDT_TEXT">Enter the text that you want to display as drop caps instead of the first letters of the paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/comboBOX_TEMPLATE" id="bm_id3156321" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150763" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Character Style</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151181" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/comboBOX_TEMPLATE">Select the formatting style that you want to apply to the drop caps.</ahelp> To use the formatting style of the current paragraph, select [None].</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..802430d79 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0105030800xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Outline & List</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <section id="numbering"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/NumParaPage" id="bm_id3145415" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151173"><variable id="outlinelisth1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp" name="Numbering">Outline & List</link></variable></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154100" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/NumParaPage">Adds or removes outline level, list style, and line numbering from the paragraph or paragraph style. You can also restart or modify the start number for numbered lists and line numbering.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#outline_list"/> + </section> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153536" role="listitem">To change the numbering options for paragraphs that use the same paragraph style, choose <menuitem>View - Styles</menuitem>, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon. Right-click the style in the list, choose <emph>Modify</emph>, and then click the <emph>Outline & Numbering</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154470" role="listitem">To change the numbering options for selected paragraphs, choose <menuitem>Format - </menuitem><link href="text/shared/01/05030000.xhp" name="Paragraph"><menuitem>Paragraph</menuitem></link>, and then click the <emph>Outline & Numbering</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/comboLB_OUTLINE_LEVEL" id="bm_id1209200804144764" localize="false"/> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1209200804386034">Outline</h2> + <h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1209200804371034">Outline level</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1209200804371097" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/comboLB_OUTLINE_LEVEL">Assigns an outline level from 1 to 10 to the selected paragraphs or Paragraph Style.</ahelp> Select <emph>Text Body</emph> to reset the outline level.</paragraph> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3143283">Apply List Style</h2> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/comboLB_NUMBER_STYLE" id="bm_id3154200" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154188">List Style</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155178" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/comboLB_NUMBER_STYLE">Select the <link href="text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp" name="Numbering Style">List Style</link> that you want to apply to the paragraph.</ahelp> These styles are also listed in the <link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="Styles">Styles</link> window (<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command+T</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>F11</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>) if you click the <emph>List Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> + + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/editnumstyle" id="bm_id3154201" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154189">Edit Style</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155179" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/editnumstyle">Edit the properties of the selected list style.</ahelp> These properties will apply to all paragraphs formatted with the given list style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149195" role="paragraph">This button is disabled when Chapter Numbering is applied. Choose <emph>Tools - Chapter Numbering</emph> to edit the outline level and numbering format.</paragraph> +<note xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151117">Outline level and List style are independent of each other. Use <emph>Tools - Chapter Numbering</emph> to assign a numbering format to paragraph styles used as headings in a document outline structure.</note> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149106" role="paragraph">This section only appears when you edit the properties of the current paragraph by choosing <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/checkCB_NEW_START" id="bm_id3151262" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151250">Restart numbering at this paragraph</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154831" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/checkCB_NEW_START">Restarts the numbering at the current paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/checkCB_NUMBER_NEW_START" id="bm_id3148973" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147096">Start with</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148979" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/checkCB_NUMBER_NEW_START">Select this check box, and then enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/spinNF_NEW_START" id="bm_id3149043" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147226">"Start with" spin button</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153632" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/spinNF_NEW_START">Enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph.</ahelp> The following paragraphs are numbered consecutively from the number that you enter here.</paragraph> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147581">Line numbering</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152771" role="paragraph">Specify the <link href="text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp" name="Line numbering">Line numbering</link> options. To add line numbers to your document, choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>.</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/checkCB_COUNT_PARA" id="bm_id3153357" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153345">Include this paragraph in line numbering</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156267" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/checkCB_COUNT_PARA">Includes the current paragraph in the line numbering.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/checkCB_RESTART_PARACOUNT" id="bm_id3151038" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151026">Restart at this paragraph</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149168" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/checkCB_RESTART_PARACOUNT">Restarts the line numbering at the current paragraph, or at the number that you enter.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/spinNF_RESTART_PARA" id="bm_id3155906" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145775">Start with</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149355" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/numparapage/spinNF_RESTART_PARA">Enter the number at which to restart the line numbering</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id551616756044690">The following buttons appear only for Paragraph Style.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#apply_for_styles"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#standard_for_styles"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1cc41955 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105040000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Page Style</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:PageDialog" id="bm_id3145246" localize="false"/> +<section id="PageStyle"> +<h1 id="hd_id3150016"><link href="text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp" name="Page Style">Page Style</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148774" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:PageDialog">Specify the formatting styles and the layout for the current page style, including page margins, headers and footers, and the page background.</ahelp> +</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#formatpage"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05040100.xhp#organizer"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05040200.xhp#page"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp#area"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05210700.xhp#transparency"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05040300.xhp#header"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05040400.xhp#footer"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp#borders"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#columns"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#footnote"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#asia"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp#textgrid"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset_for_styles"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#apply_for_styles"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#ok"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#cancel_for_styles"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d13d99dc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0105040500xml" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Columns</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <section id="columns"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FormatColumns" id="bm_id7831291" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/ColumnPage" id="bm_id3153246" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:PageColumnDialog" id="bm_id1212200809342598" localize="false"/><comment>added two Help IDs, see i97180</comment> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149875"><link href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp" name="Columns">Columns</link></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151392" role="paragraph"><variable id="spaltentext"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/ColumnPage">Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for a page style, frame, or section.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#columns"/> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149352" role="paragraph">You can select from predefined column layouts, or create your own. When you apply a layout to a page style, all pages that use the style are updated. Similarly, when you apply a column layout to a frame style, all frames that use that style are updated. You can also change the column layout for a single frame.</paragraph> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155625">Settings</h2> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/colsnf" id="bm_id3154502" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/valueset" id="bm_id1212200810184474" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154562">Columns</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154508" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/colsnf">Enter the number of columns that you want in the page, frame, or section.</ahelp></paragraph> + <h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150933">Selection fields</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149884" role="paragraph">You can also select one of the predefined column layouts.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id971604735234085">Tooltips describe each predefined selection.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/applytolb" id="bm_id3151258" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151248">Apply to</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154827" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/applytolb">Select the item that you want to apply the column layout to.</ahelp> This option is only available if you access this dialog by choosing <emph>Format - Columns</emph>.</paragraph> +<note id="par_id321604744698332">The following two options are only available when formatting sections.</note> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148386">Evenly distribute contents to all columns</h3> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/balance" id="bm_id3150568" localize="false"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149024" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Distributes the text in multi-column sections. The text flows into all columns to the same height. The height of the section adjusts automatically.</ahelp> Evenly distributes the text in <link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp" name="multi-column sections">multi-column sections</link>.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05030700.xhp#textdirection"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155892" role="paragraph">The column layout preview only shows the columns and not the surrounding page.</paragraph> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153924">Width and spacing</h2> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147530">AutoWidth</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150986" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/autowidth">Creates columns of equal width.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147176" role="paragraph">If the <emph>AutoWidth</emph> check box is not selected, enter the width and spacing options for the columns.</paragraph> + <h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147562">Column</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145206" role="paragraph">Displays the column number, as well as width and distance to the adjacent columns.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/back" id="bm_id3151189" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156324">Left Arrow</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150761" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/back">Moves the column display one column to the left.</ahelp></paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id3150256"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149287" role="paragraph"> +<image id="img_id3149750" src="res/sc06301.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149750">Left Arrow Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154694" role="paragraph">Left Arrow</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/next" id="bm_id3147515" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145421">Right Arrow</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153576" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/next">Moves the column display one column to the right.</ahelp></paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id3154279"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152938" role="paragraph"> +<image id="img_id3152948" src="res/sc06300.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3152948">Right Arrow Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153540" role="paragraph">Right Arrow</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/width1mf" id="bm_id3154481" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/width2mf" id="bm_id3152953" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/width3mf" id="bm_id3152956" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154470">Width</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152963" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/width3mf">Enter the width of the column.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/spacing1mf" id="bm_id3151319" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/spacing2mf" id="bm_id3153665" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151308">Spacing</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153672" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/spacing2mf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the columns.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/autowidth" id="bm_id3154573" localize="false"/> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149685">Separator line</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154188" role="paragraph">This area is only available if your layout contains more than one column.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/linestylelb" id="bm_id3155786" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155775">Style</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159190" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/linestylelb">Select the formatting style for the column separator line. If you do not want a separator line, choose "None".</ahelp></paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id931604684769944">Width</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id931604684783303">Enter width of the separator line.</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id421604684687071">Color</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id601604684699407">Select a color for the separator line.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/lineheightmf" id="bm_id3149303" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155184">Height</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149309" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/lineheightmf">Enter the length of the separator line as a percentage of the height of the column area.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/lineposlb" id="bm_id3143283" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3143271">Position</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149485" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/lineposlb">Select the vertical alignment of the separator line. This option is only available if <emph>Height</emph> value of the line is less than 100%.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32db94ea2 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105040501xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Options</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<h1 id="hd_id3149871">Options</h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148569" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for the section.</paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#spaltenber"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151390" xml-lang="en-US">Sections follow the text flow behavior of the page they are inserted into.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3083448" xml-lang="en-US">For example, if you insert a section that uses a two-column layout into a page style that uses a four-column layout, the two-column layout is nested inside one of the four columns.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155625" xml-lang="en-US">You can also nest sections, that is, you can insert a section into another section.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#columns"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp#indents"/><comment>UFI: changed embedded links, see #i64128</comment> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp#area"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#footnotes_endnotes"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9fbb206ef --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0105040600xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Footnote</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <section id="footnote"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/FootnoteAreaPage" id="bm_id3151390" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154767" role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp" name="Footnote">Footnote</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149351" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/FootnoteAreaPage">Specifies the layout options for footnotes, including the line that separates the footnote from the main body of document.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#footnote"/> + </section> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154646" role="heading" level="2">Footnote area</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151168" role="paragraph">Set the height of the footnote area.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheightpage" id="bm_id3147509" localize="false"/> + +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145412" role="heading" level="2">Not larger than page area</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147514" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheightpage">Automatically adjusts the height of the footnote area depending on the number of footnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheight" id="bm_id3149801" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154099" role="heading" level="2">Maximum footnote height</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149807" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheight">Sets a maximum height for the footnote area. Enable this option, then enter the height.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheightsb" id="bm_id3154482" localize="false"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154568" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheightsb">Enter the maximum height for the footnote area.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/spacetotext" id="bm_id3152958" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151318" role="heading" level="2">Space to text</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153665" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/spacetotext">Enter the amount of space to leave between the bottom page margin and the first line of text in the footnote area.</ahelp></paragraph> + + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155897" role="heading" level="2">Separator Line</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149689" role="paragraph">Specifies the position and other properties of the separator line.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/position" id="bm_id3155177" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154194" role="heading" level="2">Position</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155184" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/position">Select the horizontal alignment for the line that separates the main text from the footnote area.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/style" id="bm_id3149098" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151253" role="heading" level="2">Style</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149105" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/style">Select the formatting style for the separator line. If you do not want a separator line, choose "None".</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/thickness" id="bm_id3149099" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151254" role="heading" level="2">Thickness</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149106" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/thickness">Select the thickness of the separator line.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/color" id="bm_id3149100" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151255" role="heading" level="2">Color</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149107" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/color">Select the color of the separator line.</ahelp></paragraph> + + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/length" id="bm_id3149492" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3143284" role="heading" level="2">Length</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154827" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/length">Enter the length of the separator line as a percentage of the page width area.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/spacingtocontents" id="bm_id3147098" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149828" role="heading" level="2">Spacing to footnote contents</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148970" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/spacingtocontents">Enter the amount of space to leave between the separator line and the first line of the footnote area.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155145" role="tip">To specify the spacing between two footnotes, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..492bab2af --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105040700xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Footnotes/Endnotes</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + <section id="footnotes_endnotes"> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/@@nowidget@@" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/FootnotesEndnotesTabPage" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154573" localize="false"/> + <h1 id="hd_id3149028" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="fussendnotenh1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp" name="Footnotes/Endnotes">Footnotes/Endnotes</link></variable></h1> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147170" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="visible">Specifies where footnotes and endnotes are displayed as well as their numbering formats.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#footnotes_endnotes"/> +</section> + <h2 id="hd_id3153538" xml-lang="en-US">Footnotes</h2> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntattextend" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154572" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3154480" xml-lang="en-US">Collect at end of text</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151309" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntattextend" visibility="visible">Adds footnotes at the end of the section. If the section spans more than one page, the footnotes are added to the bottom of the page on which the footnote anchors appear.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnum" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153671" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3152960" xml-lang="en-US">Restart numbering</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153677" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnum" visibility="visible">Restarts the footnote numbering at the number that you specify.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnoffset" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154190" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3149688" xml-lang="en-US">Start at</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154196" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnoffset" visibility="visible">Enter the number that you want to assign the footnote.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnnntnumfmt" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3143277" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3155185" xml-lang="en-US">Custom format</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3143283"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnumfmt" visibility="visible">Specifies a custom numbering format for footnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected.</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnprefix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149821" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3151258" xml-lang="en-US">Before</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149827" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnprefix" visibility="visible">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnnumviewbox" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154839" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3154827" xml-lang="en-US">Spin button own format</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147092" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnnumviewbox" visibility="visible">Select the numbering scheme for the footnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnsuffix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147215" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3148975" xml-lang="en-US">After</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147221" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnsuffix" visibility="visible">Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number.</ahelp></paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3149044" xml-lang="en-US">Endnotes</h2> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntattextend" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147579" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3153639" xml-lang="en-US">Collect at end of section</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147585" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntattextend" visibility="visible">Adds endnotes at the end of the section.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnum" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155145" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3152780" xml-lang="en-US">Restart numbering</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnum" visibility="visible">Restarts the endnote numbering at the number that you specify.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endoffset" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149178" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3149166" xml-lang="en-US">Start at</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156270" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endoffset" visibility="visible">Enter the number that you want to assign the endnote.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnumfmt" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151040" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3151027" xml-lang="en-US">Custom format</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3145776"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnumfmt" visibility="visible">Specifies a custom numbering format for endnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if you the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected.</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endprefix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155915" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3151383" xml-lang="en-US">Before</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155921" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endprefix" visibility="visible">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endnumviewbox" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150118" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3150699" xml-lang="en-US">Spin button own format</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150123" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endnumviewbox" visibility="visible">Select the numbering scheme for the endnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endsuffix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147419" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3155871" xml-lang="en-US">After</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147425" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endsuffix" visibility="visible">Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3e83d47f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105040800xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Text Grid</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="textgrid"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/TextGridPage" id="bm_id3145580" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150760"><bookmark_value>text grid for Asian layout</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150760" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp" name="Text Grid">Text Grid</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151171" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a text grid to the current page style. This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled under <emph>Language Settings - Languages</emph> in the Options dialog box.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#asia_note"/> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#textgrid"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/radioRB_NOGRID" id="bm_id3145579" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/radioRB_LINESGRID" id="bm_id3145584" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/radioRB_CHARSGRID" id="bm_id3145588" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154101" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Grid</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149805" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/radioRB_CHARSGRID">Adds or removes a text grid for lines or characters to the current page style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153537" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Grid layout</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinNF_LINESPERPAGE" id="bm_id3154570" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154478" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Lines per page</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151308" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinNF_LINESPERPAGE">Enter the maximum number of lines that you want on a page.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinNF_CHARSPERLINE" id="bm_id3153668" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152957" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Characters per line</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153674" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinNF_CHARSPERLINE">Enter the maximum number of characters that you want on a line.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_TEXTSIZE" id="bm_id3149696" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149684" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Max. base text size</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154193" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_TEXTSIZE">Enter the maximum base text size. A large value results in less characters per line.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_RUBYSIZE" id="bm_id3143276" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155182" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Max. Ruby text size</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143283" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_RUBYSIZE">Enter the font size for the Ruby text.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/checkCB_RUBYBELOW" id="bm_id3151259" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149496" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Ruby text below/left from base text</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149816" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/checkCB_RUBYBELOW">Displays Ruby text to the left of or below the base text.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/checkCB_DISPLAY" id="bm_id3154828" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/checkCB_PRINT" id="bm_id3154832" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/listLB_COLOR" id="bm_id3154836" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149100" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Grid display</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147089" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/listLB_COLOR">Specifies the printing and color options of the text grid.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8cf380da --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105060000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Image</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:GraphicDialog" id="bm_id3145246" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3150016">Image</h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148774" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="grafiktext"><ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicDialog">Formats the size, position, and other properties of the selected image.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147167" xml-lang="en-US">You can also change some of the properties of the selected image with <link href="text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp" name="shortcut keys">shortcut keys</link>.</paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#graphics_properties"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150759" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Image</emph> dialog contains the following tab pages:</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#type"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#options"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3145419"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp" name="Wrap">Wrap</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#umlauftext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#hyperlink"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#image"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05030800.xhp#crop"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp#borders"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp#area"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#macro"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..098d2c9ba --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0105060100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Position and Size</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + <section id="type"> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id9646290"><bookmark_value>resizing;aspect ratio</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>aspect ratio;resizing objects</bookmark_value> + </bookmark><comment>UFI: new index entries, see i54237</comment> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/FrameTypePage" id="bm_id3147406" localize="false"/> + <h1 id="hd_id3151389" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp" name="Type">Position and Size</link></h1> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150568" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the size and the position of the selected image, frame, or OLE object on a page.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#graphics_type"/> + </section> + + <h2 id="hd_id3147168" xml-lang="en-US">Size</h2> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/width" id="bm_id3150761" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3147567" xml-lang="en-US">Width</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151180" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the width that you want for the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidth" id="bm_id3151177" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3154646" xml-lang="en-US">Relative</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145413" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidth">Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the page text area.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidthrelation" id="bm_id3151178" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3154647" xml-lang="en-US">Relative width relation</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145414" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidthrelation">Decides what 100% width means: either text area (excluding margins) or the entire page (including margins).</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/height" id="bm_id3152948" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3147516" xml-lang="en-US">Height</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154099" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the height that you want for the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheight" id="bm_id3153535" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3149809" xml-lang="en-US">Relative</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154563" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheight">Calculates the height of the selected object as a percentage of the height of the page text area.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheightrelation" id="bm_id3151179" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3154648" xml-lang="en-US">Relative height relation</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145415" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheightrelation">Decides what 100% height means: either text area (excluding margins) or the entire page (including margins).</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/ratio" id="bm_id3153668" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3151313" xml-lang="en-US">Keep ratio</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153675" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Maintains the height and width ratio when you change the width or the height setting.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/origsize" id="bm_id3154482" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3154470" xml-lang="en-US">Original Size</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155898" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/origsize">Resets the size settings of the selected object to the original values.</ahelp></paragraph> + <note id="par_id3149102" xml-lang="en-US">This option is not available for frames.</note> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/autoheight" id="bm_id3151255" localize="false"/> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/autowidth" id="bm_id358592" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3149824" xml-lang="en-US">Automatic</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151262" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/autoheight">Automatically adjusts the width or height of a frame to match the contents of the frame. If you want, you can specify a minimum width or minimum height for the frame.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3152773" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Automatic</emph> option is only available when you select a frame.</paragraph> + + <section id="AnchorHelp"> + <h2 id="hd_id3155144" xml-lang="en-US">Anchor</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153352" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the anchoring options for the selected object or frame. The anchor options are not available when you open the dialog from the Styles window.</paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/topage" id="bm_id3156280" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3156269" xml-lang="en-US">To page</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149169" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Anchors the selection to the current page.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/topara" id="bm_id3145771" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3151028" xml-lang="en-US">To paragraph</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145777" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Anchors the selection to the current paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/tochar" id="bm_id3151370" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3155913" xml-lang="en-US">To character</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151377" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Anchors the selection to a character.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/aschar" id="bm_id3155856" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3150115" xml-lang="en-US">As character</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155863" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Anchors the selection as character. The height of the current line is resized to match the height of the selection.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + + <section id="PositionHelp_1"> + <h2 id="hd_id3150693" xml-lang="en-US">Position</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147413" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the location of the selected object on the current page.</paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/horipos" id="bm_id3147500" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3147488" xml-lang="en-US">Horizontal</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145121" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the horizontal alignment option for the object.</ahelp> This option is not available if you chose "anchor as character".</paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/byhori" id="bm_id3149565" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3149554" xml-lang="en-US">by</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145258" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp> This option is only available if you select "From Left" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> box.</paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/horianchor" id="bm_id3150556" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3150545" xml-lang="en-US">to</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149213" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the reference point for the selected horizontal alignment option.</ahelp> The following options are available:</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id521629211712372" role="listitem"><emph>Paragraph area:</emph> the object is positioned considering the whole width available for the paragraph, including indent spaces.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id761629211713907" role="listitem"><emph>Paragraph text area:</emph> the object is positioned considering the whole width available for text in the paragraph, excluding indent spaces.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id821629211714199" role="listitem"><menuitem>Left of paragraph text area</menuitem>: the object is positioned in the region from the left text boundary to the first character on the left edge of the anchored paragraph text. <variable id="multicolumn">For multicolumn paragraphs, the region is defined in relation to the column where the anchor is located.</variable> When the anchor is not located in the first column, then the region starts at the left column margin.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id741629211714572" role="listitem"><menuitem>Right of paragraph text area</menuitem>: the object is positioned in the region from the last character on the right edge of anchored paragraph text to the right text boundary. <embedvar href="text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#multicolumn"/> When the anchor is not located in the last column then the region ends at the right column margin.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id171629211714933" role="listitem"><menuitem>Left of page text area</menuitem>: the object is positioned in the region between the left edge of the page and the left margin plus any left page padding.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id131629211715280" role="listitem"><menuitem>Right of page text area</menuitem>: the object is positioned in the region between the right edge of the page and the right margin plus any right page padding.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id691629211796237" role="listitem"><emph>Entire page:</emph> the object is positioned considering the whole width of the page, from the left to the right page borders.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id981629211796563" role="listitem"><emph>Page text area:</emph> the object is positioned considering the whole width available for text in the page, from the left to the right page margins.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id811629211796776" role="listitem"><emph>Character:</emph> the object is positioned considering the horizontal space used by the character.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <section id="anchor_tip"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id701629220055018">Beware that the set of options available depend on the Anchor settings. Therefore, not all options listed above may be shown due to the current Anchor choice.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="preview_tip"> + <tip id="par_id741629211922065">You can see the result of the alignments options that you select in the Preview box.</tip> + </section> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/mirror" id="bm_id3146331" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3147746" xml-lang="en-US">Mirror on even pages</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146337" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Reverses the current horizontal alignment settings on even pages.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <tip id="par_id3148446" xml-lang="en-US">You can also use the <link href="text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp" name="Image"><emph>Image</emph></link> flip options to adjust the layout of objects on even and odd pages.</tip> + + <section id="PositionHelp_2"> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/vertpos" id="bm_id3145321" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3145310" xml-lang="en-US">Vertical</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150161" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the vertical alignment option for the object.</ahelp> The selection specifies the position of the object relative to the region or reference line selected in the <menuitem>to</menuitem> dropdown list.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#preview_tip"/> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/byvert" id="bm_id3156123" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3154724" xml-lang="en-US">by</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id911652710121127">Enter the amount of space to leave from the top edge of the object to the region or reference line selected in the <menuitem>to</menuitem> dropdown list. This option is active only when the following combinations of <menuitem>Vertical</menuitem> and <menuitem>Anchor</menuitem> are selected. For these combinations, you can specify the amount of space to leave from:</paragraph> + +<table id="tab_id681652926402414"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell colspan="2"> + <paragraph id="par_id101652926402414" role="tablehead">Vertical</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id511652926402414" role="tablehead">with Anchor</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id621652926402414" role="tablecontent"><menuitem>From top</menuitem></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id321652926777383" role="tablecontent">Top edge of selected region.<br/> Positive values move the object down, negative values up.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id491652926402414" role="tablecontent"><menuitem>To page</menuitem>, <menuitem>To paragraph</menuitem>, <menuitem>To character</menuitem> or <menuitem>To frame</menuitem></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id561652926613710" role="tablecontent"><menuitem>From bottom</menuitem></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id691652964127818" role="tablecontent">Selected reference line.<br/> Positive values move the object up, negative values down.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id41652926572150" role="tablecontent"><menuitem>To character</menuitem> or <menuitem>As character</menuitem></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/vertanchor" id="bm_id3150923" localize="false"/> + <h3 id="hd_id3150912" xml-lang="en-US">to</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155075" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the region or reference line for the vertical alignment.</ahelp> The object can be positioned in relation to the following regions or reference lines:</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id551629212019498" role="listitem"><emph>Margin:</emph> Depending on the anchoring type, the object is positioned considering the space between the top margin and the character ("To character" anchoring) or bottom edge of the paragraph ("To paragraph" anchoring) where the anchor is placed.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id481629212019833" role="listitem"><emph>Paragraph text area:</emph> the object is positioned considering the height of the paragraph where the anchor is placed.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id521629212020113" role="listitem"><emph>Entire page:</emph> the object is positioned considering the full page height, from top to bottom page borders.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id691629212020466" role="listitem"><emph>Page text area:</emph> the object is positioned considering the full height available for text, from top to bottom margins.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + </section> + <section id="PositionHelp_3"> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id951629212020860" role="listitem"><menuitem>Character</menuitem>: available only for "To character" or "As character" anchoring, the object is positioned relative to the region between the top border and bottom border of the character immediately before where the anchor is placed. A character formatted with a common border with other characters or objects uses the region for the highest character or object in the common border.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id631629212021233" role="listitem"><menuitem>Line of text</menuitem>: available only for "To character" anchoring, the object is positioned considering the height of the line of text where the anchor is placed.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id631629220309961" role="listitem"><emph>Baseline:</emph> available only for "As character" anchoring, this option will position the object considering the text baseline over which all characters are placed.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id811629220310472" role="listitem"><emph>Row:</emph> available only for "As character" anchoring, this option will position the object considering the height of the row where the anchor is placed.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id450625620317357" role="listitem"><menuitem>Entire frame</menuitem>: available only for "To frame" anchoring, the outer edges of the frame.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id341625620317835" role="listitem"><menuitem>Frame text area</menuitem>: available only for "To frame" anchoring, the text area of the frame.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#anchor_tip"/> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/followtextflow" id="bm_id611285" localize="false"/> +<note id="par_id3150463" xml-lang="en-US">If you anchor an object to a frame with a fixed height, only the "Bottom" and "Center" alignment options are available.</note> + </section> + + <section id="keep_inside_text_bnd"> + <h3 id="par_idN10A8E" xml-lang="en-US">Keep inside text boundaries</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10A92" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Keeps the selected object within the layout boundaries of the text that the object is anchored to. To place the selected object anywhere in your document, do not select this option.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10AA6" xml-lang="en-US">By default, the <emph>Keep inside text boundaries</emph> option is selected when you open a document that was created in a version of Writer older than OpenOffice.org 2.0. However, this option is not selected when you create a document or when you open a document in Microsoft Word format (*.doc).</paragraph> + </section> + + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149241" xml-lang="en-US">The green rectangle represents the selected object and the red rectangle represents the alignment reference point. If you anchor the object as a character, the reference rectangle changes to a red line.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146949" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05260000.xhp" name="Format - Anchor"><emph>Format - Anchor</emph></link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153231" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05070000.xhp" name="Format - Align"><emph>Format - Align Text</emph></link></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..212fd2412 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105060200xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Wrap</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="wrap"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrapdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/WrapPage" id="bm_id3153538" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrapdialog/WrapDialog" id="bm_id3153539" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:TextWrap" id="bm_id6339381" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapMenu" id="bm_id0801200803335347" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153527" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp" name="Wrap">Wrap</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154478" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="umlauftext"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the way you want text to wrap around an object.</ahelp> You can also specify the spacing between the text and the object. +</variable></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#wrap"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3151249" xml-lang="en-US">To wrap text around a table, place the table in a frame, and then wrap the text around the frame.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154829" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Settings</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapOff" id="bm_id3148982" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/none" id="bm_id3147090" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148971" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">None</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147100" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="keinumlauftext"><ahelp hid=".">Places the object on a separate line in the document. The Text in the document appears above and below the object, but not on the sides of the object.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3152738"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149038" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3149044" src="sw/res/wr07.png" width="0.82cm" height="0.82cm"><alt id="alt_id3149044" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155139" xml-lang="en-US">None</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapLeft" id="bm_id3148983" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/before" id="bm_id3149164" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153351" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Before</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149171" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Wraps text on the left side of the object if there is enough space.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3151031"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145774" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3145780" src="sw/res/wr02.png" width="0.82cm" height="0.82cm"><alt id="alt_id3145780" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151384" xml-lang="en-US">Before</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapRight" id="bm_id3148984" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/after" id="bm_id3150694" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155870" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">After</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150700" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Wraps text on the right side of the object if there is enough space.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3147426"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149560" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3149567" src="sw/res/wr03.png" width="0.82cm" height="0.82cm"><alt id="alt_id3149567" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155966" xml-lang="en-US">After</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapOn" id="bm_id3149224" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/parallel" id="bm_id3149228" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149213" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Parallel</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147740" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="seitenumlauftext"><ahelp hid=".">Wraps text on all four sides of the border frame of the object.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3146337"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148845" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3148851" src="sw/res/wr04.png" width="0.82cm" height="0.82cm"><alt id="alt_id3148851" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148442" xml-lang="en-US">Parallel</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapThrough" id="bm_id622670" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/through" id="bm_id3151096" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151081" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Through</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154089" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="durchlauftext"><ahelp hid=".">Places the object in front of the text.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3145320"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150162" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3150169" src="sw/res/wr05.png" width="0.82cm" height="0.82cm"><alt id="alt_id3150169" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156104" xml-lang="en-US">Through</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/optimal" id="bm_id3150463" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapIdeal" id="bm_id3150462" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150451" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Optimal</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154716" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="dynamischertext"><ahelp hid=".">Automatically wraps text to the left, to the right, or on all four sides of the border frame of the object. If the distance between the object and the page margin is less than 2 cm, the text is not wrapped. </ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3156129"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150904" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3150910" src="sw/res/wr06.png" width="0.82cm" height="0.82cm"><alt id="alt_id3150910" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149237" xml-lang="en-US">Optimal</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146940" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146953" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the text wrap options.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/anchoronly" id="bm_id3153240" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapAnchorOnly" id="bm_id3154324" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153229" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">First Paragraph</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154333" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="ersterabsatztext"><ahelp hid=".">Starts a new paragraph below the object after you press Enter.</ahelp> The space between the paragraphs is determined by the size of the object. +</variable></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/transparent" id="bm_id3150086" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapThroughTransparent" id="bm_id7503356" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148790" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">In Background</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150100" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="hintergrundtext"><ahelp hid=".">Moves the selected object to the background. This option is only available if you selected the<emph> Through</emph> wrap type.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/outline" id="bm_id3149369" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapContour" id="bm_id3149372" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149358" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Contour</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155793" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="konturtext"><ahelp hid=".">Wraps text around the shape of the object. This option is not available for the <emph>Through</emph> wrap type, or for frames.</ahelp> To change the contour of an object, select the object, and then choose <emph>Format - Wrap - </emph><link href="text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp" name="Edit Contour"><emph>Edit Contour</emph></link>. +</variable></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/outside" id="bm_id3154632" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154620" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Outside only</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147377" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/outside">Wraps text only around the contour of the object, but not in open areas within the object shape.</ahelp> This option is not available for frames.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154621" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Allow overlap</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147378" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/allowoverlap">Specifies whether the object is allowed to overlap another object.</ahelp> This option has no effect on wrap through objects, which can always overlap.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147397" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Gaps</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149637" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the amount of space to leave between the selected object and the text.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/left" id="bm_id3150671" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150659" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150678" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/left">Enter the amount of space that you want between the left edge of the object and the text.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/right" id="bm_id3149949" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154032" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Right</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149956" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/right">Enter the amount of space that you want between the right edge of the object and the text.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/top" id="bm_id3147277" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149974" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Top</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147284" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/top">Enter the amount of space that you want between the top edge of the object and the text.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/bottom" id="bm_id3149621" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149609" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Bottom</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157884" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/bottom">Enter the amount of space that you want between the bottom edge of the object and the text.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd512353b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,275 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105060201xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Contour Editor</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/FloatingContour" id="bm_id3151318" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ContourDialog" id="bm_id3154564" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153539" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Contour Editor</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153677" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="konturtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ContourDialog">Changes the contour of the selected object. $[officename] uses the contour when determining the <link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp" name="text wrap">text wrap</link> options for the object.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/container" id="bm_id3155903" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155892" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/container">Displays a preview of the contour.</ahelp><comment>and this bubble text hides both from view if not set to 0 length</comment></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#kontureditor"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_APPLY" id="bm_id3155178" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159195" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Apply</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155184" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_APPLY">Applies the contour to the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3149495"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149827" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3151253" src="svx/res/nu01.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3151253" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148971" xml-lang="en-US">Apply</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_WORKPLACE" id="bm_id3147102" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147091" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Workspace</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147217" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_WORKPLACE">Deletes the custom contour. Click here, and then click in the preview area.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3153637"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147579" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3147585" src="svx/res/cd02.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3147585" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153351" xml-lang="en-US">Workspace</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_SELECT" id="bm_id3149181" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149170" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Select</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156270" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_SELECT">Changes to selection mode, so that you can select the contour.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3151029"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151370" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3151377" src="cmd/sc_drawselect.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3151377" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150121" xml-lang="en-US">Select</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_RECT" id="bm_id3150690" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155868" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Rectangle</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150696" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_RECT">Draws a rectangular contour where you drag in the object preview. To draw a square, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3147424"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149559" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3149565" src="cmd/sc_rect.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149565" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145137" xml-lang="en-US">Rectangle</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_CIRCLE" id="bm_id3150552" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155980" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Ellipse</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150558" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_CIRCLE">Draws an oval contour where you drag in the object preview.</ahelp> To draw a circle, hold down shift while you drag.</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3149228"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146332" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3146338" src="cmd/sc_ellipse.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3146338" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148857" xml-lang="en-US">Ellipse</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLY" id="bm_id3154769" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148443" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Polygon</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154774" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLY">Draws a closed contour consisting of straight line segments. Click where you want to start the polygon, and drag to draw a line segment. Click again to define the end of the line segment, and continue clicking to define the remaining line segments of the polygon. Double-click to finish drawing the polygon. To constrain the polygon to angles of 45 degree, hold down Shift when you click.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3151089"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145304" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3145311" src="cmd/sc_polygon.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3145311" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150164" xml-lang="en-US">Polygon</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYEDIT" id="bm_id3156106" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156096" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit Points</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156112" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYEDIT">Lets you change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then drag the handles of the contour.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3145342"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154711" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3154717" src="cmd/sc_toggleobjectbeziermode.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3154717" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145632" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Points</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYMOVE" id="bm_id3150919" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150909" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Move Points</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150925" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYMOVE">Lets you drag the handles of the contour to change the shape of the contour.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3155088"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146940" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3146947" src="cmd/sc_beziermove.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3146947" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154330" xml-lang="en-US">Move Points</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYINSERT" id="bm_id3150097" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150086" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Insert Points</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150103" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYINSERT">Inserts a handle that you can drag to change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then click on the contour outline.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3148793"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149357" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3149363" src="cmd/sc_bezierinsert.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149363" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153120" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Points</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYDELETE" id="bm_id3154618" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153136" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete Points</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154624" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYDELETE">Removes a point from the contour outline. Click here, and then click the point that you want to delete.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3147380"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149637" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3149643" src="cmd/sc_bezierdelete.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149643" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154028" xml-lang="en-US">Delete Points</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_AUTOCONTOUR" id="bm_id3149960" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149949" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Auto Contour</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149966" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_AUTOCONTOUR">Automatically draws a contour around the object that you can edit.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3147277"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149615" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3149621" src="svx/res/cd025.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149621" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145655" xml-lang="en-US">AutoContour</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_UNDO" id="bm_id3148716" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148705" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Undo</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148722" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_UNDO">Reverses the last action.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3155345"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149200" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3149206" src="svx/res/cd020.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149206" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157890" xml-lang="en-US">Undo</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_REDO" id="bm_id3154213" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3157907" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Redo</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154219" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_REDO">Reverses the action of the last <emph>Undo </emph>command.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3155773"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154058" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3154073" src="cmd/sc_redo.png" width="0.2228inch" height="0.2228inch"><alt id="alt_id3154073" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153195" xml-lang="en-US">Redo</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_PIPETTE" id="bm_id3145092" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153212" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Color Replacer</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145098" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_PIPETTE">Selects the parts of the bitmap that are the same color. Click here, and then click a color in the bitmap. To increase the color range that is selected, increase the value in the <emph>Tolerance</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3146880"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149578" xml-lang="en-US"> +<image id="img_id3149585" src="sd/res/pipette.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149585" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149381" xml-lang="en-US">Color Replacer</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/spinbutton" id="bm_id3154729" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149398" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Tolerance</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154735" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the color tolerance for the Color Replacer as a percentage. To increase the color range that the Color Replacer selects, enter a high percentage.</ahelp></paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#wrap"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c75739c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105060300xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Image</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="image"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/PicturePage" id="bm_id3152952" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154473" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp" name="Graphics">Image</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152961" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/PicturePage">Specify the flip and the link options for the selected image.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#grafik1"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154191" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Flip</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FlipHorizontal" id="bm_id8328881" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/vert" id="bm_id3155185" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155174" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Vertically<comment>see bug 106420;Writer uses VERT for HOR and HORZ for VERT</comment></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149485" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="vertikaltext"><ahelp hid=".">Flips the selected image vertically.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FlipVertical" id="bm_id9859908" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/hori" id="bm_id3151251" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154829" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Horizontally</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151261" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="horizontaltext"><ahelp hid=".">Flips the selected image horizontally.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/allpages" id="bm_id3148979" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147101" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">On all pages</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147212" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/allpages">Flips the selected image horizontally on all pages.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/leftpages" id="bm_id3153644" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153632" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">On left pages</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149037" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/leftpages">Flips the selected image horizontally only on even pages.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/rightpages" id="bm_id3152769" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147580" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">On right pages</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152775" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/rightpages">Flips the selected image horizontally only on odd pages.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153349" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Link</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149164" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the image as a link.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/entry" id="bm_id3156272" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149178" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">File name</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156278" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/entry">Displays the path to the linked graphic file. To change the link, click the <emph>Browse</emph> button and then locate the file that you want to link to.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/browse" id="bm_id3145786" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145776" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Browse</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151373" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/browse">Locate the new graphic file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155855" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05240000.xhp" name="Format - Flip">Format - Flip</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3158743" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/02180000.xhp" name="Edit - Links">Edit - Links</link></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0d5731518 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,379 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105060700xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Macro</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="macro"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/EventAssignPage" id="bm_id9825433" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id9825433" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145241" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp" name="Macro">Macro</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3158429" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/EventAssignPage">Specifies the macro to run when you click an image, frame, or an OLE object.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#graphics_macro"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/assignments" id="bm_id9825434" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147176" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Event</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147564" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/assignments">Lists the events that can trigger a macro.</ahelp> Only the events that are relevant to the selected object are listed.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149286" xml-lang="en-US">The following table lists the object types and the events that can trigger a macro:</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3151173"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3152949" xml-lang="en-US">Event</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3149808" xml-lang="en-US">Event trigger</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3152957" xml-lang="en-US">OLE object</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3154564" xml-lang="en-US">Image</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3153675" xml-lang="en-US">Frame</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3154473" xml-lang="en-US">AutoText</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3149684" xml-lang="en-US">ImageMap area</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3154197" xml-lang="en-US">Hyperlink</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155182" xml-lang="en-US">Click object</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149489" xml-lang="en-US">object is selected</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151249" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149104" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147089" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153637" xml-lang="en-US">Mouse over object</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147579" xml-lang="en-US">mouse pointer moves over the object</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3152779" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153349" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149174" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151031" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145784" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155910" xml-lang="en-US">Trigger Hyperlink</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155857" xml-lang="en-US">hyperlink that is assigned to the object is clicked</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150693" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147423" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145256" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149554" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155976" xml-lang="en-US">Mouse leaves object </paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149216" xml-lang="en-US">mouse pointer moves off the object</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147739" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3146336" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149841" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3148436" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151082" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154780" xml-lang="en-US">Image loaded successfully</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145304" xml-lang="en-US">image is loaded successfully</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150169" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154718" xml-lang="en-US">Image loading terminated</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3156136" xml-lang="en-US">loading of the image is terminated by the user (for example, when downloading)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3156105" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155079" xml-lang="en-US">Could not load image</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149250" xml-lang="en-US">image is not successfully loaded</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154327" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3148779" xml-lang="en-US">Input of alpha characters </paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150030" xml-lang="en-US">text is inputted</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155792" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154623" xml-lang="en-US">Input of non-alpha characters </paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147391" xml-lang="en-US">Nonprinting characters, such as tabs and line breaks, are entered</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150666" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149963" xml-lang="en-US">Resize frame</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147284" xml-lang="en-US">frame is resized</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150774" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3148713" xml-lang="en-US">Move frame</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155349" xml-lang="en-US">frame is moved</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155553" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154227" xml-lang="en-US">Before inserting AutoText</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155785" xml-lang="en-US">before AutoText is inserted</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145292" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145096" xml-lang="en-US">After inserting AutoText</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149577" xml-lang="en-US">after AutoText is inserted</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3156237" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">✓</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3159203" xml-lang="en-US">For events that are linked to controls in forms, see <link href="text/shared/02/01170103.xhp" name="Control properties">Control properties</link> or <link href="text/shared/02/01170202.xhp" name="Form properties">Form properties</link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156030" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Assigned Action</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156043" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the macro that executes when the selected event occurs.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156058" xml-lang="en-US">Frames allow you to link certain events to a function that then decides if the event is handled by $[officename] Writer or by the function. See the $[officename] Basic Help for more information.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/libraries" id="bm_id4656819" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149271" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Macro From</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149284" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/libraries">Lists the $[officename] program and any open $[officename] document.</ahelp> Within this list, select the location where you want to pick the macro from.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/macros" id="bm_id3767815" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156441" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Existing Macros</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148458" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/macros">Lists the available macros. Select the macro that you want to assign to the selected event, and then click <emph>Assign</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/assign" id="bm_id3767816" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145173" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Assign</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145197" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/assign">Assigns the selected macro to the selected event.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/delete" id="bm_id3767817" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150811" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Remove</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150882" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="aufheb"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/delete">Removes the macro assignment from the selected entry.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b5f45cbe4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0105060800xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Hyperlink</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <section id="hyperlink"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150980"><bookmark_value>objects; defining hyperlinks</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>frames; defining hyperlinks</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>pictures; defining hyperlinks</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>hyperlinks; for objects</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/FrameURLPage" id="bm_id3153671" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150980" role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp" name="Hyperlink">Hyperlink</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154188" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/FrameURLPage">Specify the properties of the hyperlink for the selected graphic, frame or OLE object.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#grahyper"/> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155180" role="heading" level="2">Link to</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3143275" role="paragraph">Set the link properties.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/url" id="bm_id3154825" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149485" role="heading" level="2">URL</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154831" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/url">Enter the complete path to the file that you want to open.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/search" id="bm_id3149103" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151260" role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149109" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/search">Locate the file that you want the hyperlink to open, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp> The target file can be on your machine or on an <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ftp" name="FTP server">FTP server</link> in the Internet.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/name" id="bm_id3148983" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148972" role="heading" level="2">Name</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147217" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/name">Enter a name for the hyperlink.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/frame" id="bm_id3149035" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153636" role="heading" level="2">Frame</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149042" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/frame">Specify the name of the frame where you want to open the targeted file.</ahelp> The predefined target frame names are described <link href="text/shared/01/05020400.xhp#targets" name="here">here</link>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152772" role="heading" level="2">Image Map</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155138" role="paragraph">Select the type of <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#imagemap" name="ImageMap">ImageMap</link> that you want to use. The ImageMap settings override the hyperlink settings that you enter on this page.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/server" id="bm_id3149170" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153357" role="heading" level="2">Server-side image map</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149176" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/server">Uses a server-side image map.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/client" id="bm_id3151029" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156278" role="heading" level="2">Client-side image map</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151036" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/client">Uses the <link href="text/shared/01/02220000.xhp" name="image map">image map</link> that you created for the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151380" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url" name="URL">URL</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8468c711f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105060900xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Options</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="options"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/FrameAddPage" id="bm_id3150016" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3149879" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp" name="Options">Options</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149708" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/FrameAddPage">Specify properties for the selected image, frame or OLE object.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#graphics_options"/> +</section> +<h2 id="hd_id3151183" xml-lang="en-US">Accessibility</h2> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/name" id="bm_id3145419" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3151178" xml-lang="en-US">Name</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147510" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/name">Enter a name for the selected item.</ahelp></paragraph> +<tip id="par_id3154565" xml-lang="en-US">Assign an object, graphic or frame a meaningful name, so that you can quickly locate it afterwards in long documents.</tip> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/altname" id="bm_id3150352" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3153674" xml-lang="en-US">Text Alternative (images and OLE objects only)</h3> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05190100.xhp#text_alternative"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05190100.xhp#description_field"/> +<h2 id="hd_id131652489268586">Sequences (frames only)</h2> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/prev" id="bm_id3149695" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3155903" xml-lang="en-US">Previous link</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154192" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/prev">Displays the frame that comes before the selected frame in a linked sequence. To add or change the previous link, select a name from the list. If you are linking frames, the selected frame and the target frame must be empty.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/next" id="bm_id3155185" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3159198" xml-lang="en-US">Next link</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149485" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/next">Displays the frame that comes after the selected frame in a linked sequence. To add or change the next link, select a name from the list. If you are a linking frames, the target frame must be empty.</ahelp></paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3143280" xml-lang="en-US">Protect</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154834" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies protection options for the selected item.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectcontent" id="bm_id3149098" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149820" xml-lang="en-US">Contents</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149105" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectcontent">Prevents changes to the contents of the selected item.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147099" xml-lang="en-US">You can still copy the contents of the selected item.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectframe" id="bm_id3147218" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3148979" xml-lang="en-US">Position</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147225" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectframe">Locks the position of the selected item in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectsize" id="bm_id3153640" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3153629" xml-lang="en-US">Size</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectsize">Locks the size of the selected item.</ahelp></paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151028" xml-lang="en-US">Content alignment (frames only)</h2> +<h3 id="hd_id671652134896150">Vertical alignment</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149164" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/vertalign">Specifies the vertical alignment of the frame's content. Mainly it means text content, but it also affects tables and other objects anchored to the text area (anchored as character, to character or to paragraph), for example frames, graphics or drawings.</ahelp></paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152770" xml-lang="en-US">Properties</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155137" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies print and text options for the selected item.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/editinreadonly" id="bm_id3153357" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US">Editable in read-only document (frames only)</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149167" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/editinreadonly">Allows you to edit the contents of a frame in a document that is read-only (write-protected).</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/printframe" id="bm_id3156281" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3156269" xml-lang="en-US">Print</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151028" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/printframe">Includes the selected item when you print the document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/textflow" id="bm_id3145787" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3145776" xml-lang="en-US">Text direction (frames only)</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151374" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/textflow">Specifies the preferred text flow direction in a frame. To use the default text flow settings for the page, select <emph>Use superordinate object settings </emph>from the list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/vertalign" id="bm_id3262733" localize="false"/> + +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150689" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05040200.xhp" name="Text direction">Text direction</link>.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05080000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05080000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b1db1114d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05080000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105080000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Object</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05080000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FrameDialog" id="bm_id9776567" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10594" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"><comment>Name is not related to UI, dialog is called by Format - Image or Format - Frame, so name should be Frame / Image or we need two files that are the same except for title</comment></paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3150536">Object</h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149352" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="objekttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FrameDialog">Opens a dialog where you can modify the properties of the selected object, for example, its size and name.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#object_properties"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#type"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#options"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3145249"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp" name="Wrap">Wrap</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#umlauftext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#hyperlink"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp#borders"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp#area"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#macro"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..189e3d4fb --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105090000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Table Properties</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="table_properties"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:TableDialog" id="bm_id6845912" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3147172"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp" name="Table Properties">Table Properties</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154643" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="tabletext"><ahelp hid=".uno:TableDialog">Specifies the properties of the selected table, for example, name, alignment, spacing, column width, borders, and background.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +</section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#table_properties"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#table"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#text_flow"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp#columns"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp#borders"/> +<h1 id="hd_id891656584151327"><link href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp" name="Background"> +Background</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id561656584332142">Set or remove color or image background for selected cells, rows, or table.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82df530e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105090100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Table</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="table"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154762"><bookmark_value>tables; positioning</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>tables; inserting text before</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/FormatTablePage" id="bm_id3149052" localize="false"/><comment>UFI: deleted "tables;sizing"</comment> +<h1 id="hd_id3154762" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp" name="Table">Table</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146322" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/FormatTablePage">Specify the size, position, spacing, and alignment options for the selected table.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#tabformat"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154560" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Properties</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/name" id="bm_id3150019" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149881" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Name</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145244" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/name">Enter an internal name for the table. You can use this name to quickly locate the table in the Navigator.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/widthmf" id="bm_id3148773" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150567" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Width</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149026" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/widthmf">Enter the width of the table.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Automatic</emph> option in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area is not selected.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/relwidth" id="bm_id3150764" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154644" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Relative</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151183" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/relwidth">Displays the width of the table as a percentage of the page width.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151168" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Alignment</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145412" xml-lang="en-US">Set the alignment options for the selected table.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/full" id="bm_id3154101" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147511" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Automatic</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154108" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/full">Extends the table horizontally to the left and to the right page margins.</ahelp> This is the recommended setting for tables in HTML documents.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/left" id="bm_id3153533" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149807" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153540" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/left">Aligns the left edge of the table to the left page margin.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/fromleft" id="bm_id3153666" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151311" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left margin</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153672" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/fromleft">Aligns the left edge of the table to the indent that you enter in the <emph>Left </emph>box in the <emph>Spacing </emph>area.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/right" id="bm_id3154480" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150982" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Right</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154567" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/right">Aligns the right edge of the table to the right page margin.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/center" id="bm_id3149689" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155899" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Centered</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149696" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/center">Centers the table horizontally on the page.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/free" id="bm_id3159201" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159188" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Manual</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155180" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/free">Horizontally aligns the table based on the values that you enter in the <emph>Left</emph> and <emph>Right</emph> boxes in the<emph> Spacing</emph> area.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically calculates the table width. Select this option if you want to specify the individual <link href="text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp" name="column widths">column widths</link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149824" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Spacing</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/leftmf" id="bm_id3154829" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149102" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154836" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/leftmf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic </emph>or the <emph>Left</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/rightmf" id="bm_id3147214" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147094" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Right</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147220" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/rightmf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the right page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic </emph>or the <emph>Right</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/abovemf" id="bm_id3147587" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Above</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152771" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/abovemf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the table and the text above the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/belowmf" id="bm_id3145757" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155142" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Below</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145763" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/belowmf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the bottom edge of the table and the text below the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3145782" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a paragraph before a table at the beginning of a document, header or footer, place the cursor before any content in the first cell, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05030700.xhp#textflow"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..431d16f30 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105090200xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Columns</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="columns"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/TableColumnPage" id="bm_id7831292" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150756" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp" name="Columns">Columns</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149294" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the column width properties.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#spaltentab"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptwidth" id="bm_id3154273" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147510" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Adapt table width</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154280" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptwidth">Reduces or increases table width with modified column width.</ahelp> This option is not available if <emph>Automatic</emph> alignment or <emph>Relative</emph> width is selected on the <emph>Table </emph>tab, or if any table rows have been selected.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptcolumns" id="bm_id3149809" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145587" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Adjust columns proportionally</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153530" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptcolumns">Change all the other column widths by the same percentage as the one being changed.</ahelp> For example, if you reduce by half the size of a column, the sizes of all the other columns will be halved. This option requires that <emph>Adapt table width</emph> can be enabled.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/space" id="bm_id3154564" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150349" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Remaining space</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154571" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/space">Displays the amount of space that is available for adjusting the width of the columns. To set the width of the table, click the <emph>Table </emph>tab.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154476" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Column width</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150976" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the column widths for the table.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width1" id="bm_id3149690" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width2" id="bm_id3149694" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width3" id="bm_id3154188" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width4" id="bm_id3154193" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width5" id="bm_id3154197" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width6" id="bm_id3154202" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155899" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Column widths</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159193" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width6">Enter the width that you want for the column.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/back" id="bm_id3149487" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155182" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left Arrow</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149494" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/back">Displays the table columns found to the left of the current column.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/next" id="bm_id3149826" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149814" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Right Arrow</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149099" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/next">Displays the table columns found to the right of the current column.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp#tabelle_tastatur"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..084911d0d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105090201xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Editing Tables Using the Keyboard</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154506"><bookmark_value>tables; editing with the keyboard</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154506" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="tabelle_tastatur"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp" name="Editing Tables Using the Keyboard">Editing Tables Using the Keyboard</link> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145244" xml-lang="en-US">You can resize and delete table columns with the keyboard.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150564" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Resizing Columns and Rows</paragraph> +<list type="unordered"> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153920" xml-lang="en-US">To resize a column, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down Alt, and then press the left or the right arrow. To resize the column without changing the width of the table, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrows.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147566" xml-lang="en-US">To increase the left indent of the table, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the right arrow.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150759" xml-lang="en-US">To resize a row, place the cursor in the row, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the up or the down arrows.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149286" xml-lang="en-US">To move the table downwards on the page, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the down arrow.</paragraph> +</listitem> +</list> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151176" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Inserting and deleting columns or rows</paragraph> +<list type="unordered"> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147512" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a column, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Insert, release, and then press the left or the right arrow.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152940" xml-lang="en-US">To delete a column, place the cursor in the column that you want to delete, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Delete, release, and then press the left or the right arrow.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154105" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a row, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Insert, release, and then press the up or the down arrow.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153531" xml-lang="en-US">To delete a row, place the cursor in the row that you want to delete, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Delete, release, and then press the up or the down arrow.</paragraph> +</listitem> +</list> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3150983" xml-lang="en-US">To change the behavior of tables in a text document, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp" name="Text Document - Table"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph></link>.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154196" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/main0204.xhp" name="Table Bar">Table Bar</link></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e7c34ddab --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105090300xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Text Flow</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="text_flow"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154558"><bookmark_value>tables;text flow around text tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>text flow;around text tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>columns; breaks in text tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>row breaks in text tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>tables; allowing page breaks</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>page breaks; tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>splitting tables;row breaks</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/TableTextFlowPage" id="bm_id3154507" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154558" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp" name="Text Flow">Text Flow</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145245" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/TableTextFlowPage">Set the text flow options for the text before and after the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#tabelletextfluss"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153920" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Text flow</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/break" id="bm_id3147174" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153720" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Break</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154643" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/break">Select this check box, and then select the type of break that you want to associate with the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/page" id="bm_id3147567" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151183" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Page</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149286" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/page">Inserts a page break before or after the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/column" id="bm_id3154479" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150981" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Column</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151310" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/column">Inserts a column break before or after the table on a multi-column page.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/before" id="bm_id3149689" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155898" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Before</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149695" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/before">Inserts a page or column break before the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/after" id="bm_id3159201" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159189" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">After</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155179" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/after">Inserts a page or column break after the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagestyle" id="bm_id3143276" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149490" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">With Page Style</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143282" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagestyle">Applies the page style that you specify to the first page that follows the page break.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagestylelb" id="bm_id3151258" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154839" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Page Style</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149098" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagestylelb">Select the page style that you want to apply to the first page that follows the break.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagenonf" id="bm_id3148972" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149819" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Page number</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148978" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagenonf">Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the checkbox unchecked.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/split" id="bm_id3147221" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147100" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Allow table to split across pages and columns</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153629" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/split">Allows a page break or column break between the rows of a table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/splitrow" id="bm_id3669240" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:RowSplit" id="bm_id6725669" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN108D6" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Allow row to break across pages and columns</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN108DA" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/splitrow">Allows a page break or column break inside a row of the table.</ahelp> This option is not applied to the first row in a table if the <emph>Repeat Heading</emph> option is selected.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/keep" id="bm_id3149046" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149034" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Keep with next paragraph</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147577" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/keep">Keeps the table and the following paragraph together when you insert the break.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/headline" id="bm_id3155137" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152772" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Repeat heading</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153350" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/headline">Repeats the table heading on a new page when the table spans more than one page.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/repeatheadernf" id="bm_id3560289" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1091C" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">The first ... rows</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10920" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/repeatheadernf">Enter the number of rows to include in the heading.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/textorientation" id="bm_id2659993" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10940" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text orientation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10944" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/textorientation">Select the orientation for the text in the cells.</ahelp> You can use the following formatting options to specify the orientation of text in table cells:</paragraph> +<list type="unordered"> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10964" xml-lang="en-US">Horizontal</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10968" xml-lang="en-US">Vertical (top to bottom)</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1097T" xml-lang="en-US">Use superordinate object settings</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10969" xml-lang="en-US">Vertical (bottom to top)</paragraph> +</listitem> +</list> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/vertorient" id="bm_id3262733" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151028" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Vertical alignment</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149164" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/vertorient">Specify the vertical text alignment for the cells in the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#table_repeat_multiple_headers"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..429259e12 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105100000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Cell</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150765" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp" name="Cell">Cell</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147567" xml-lang="en-US">This command is only available if you have selected a table in your document, or if the cursor is in a table cell.</paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#zelle"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05100100.xhp#merge_cells"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05100500.xhp#top"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05100600.xhp#center_vertical"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05100700.xhp#bottom"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp#protect"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp#unprotect"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16ad0563c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0105100300xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Protect</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <section id="protect"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Protect" id="bm_id7637302" localize="false"/> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146322"><link href="text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp" name="Protect">Protect</link></h1> + <section id="protectcells"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145822" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Protect">Prevents the contents of the selected cells from being modified.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#schtzenze"/> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154641" role="note">When the cursor is in a read-only cell, a note appears on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149292" role="paragraph">To remove cell protection, select the cell(s), right-click, and then choose <link href="text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp" name="Cell - Unprotect"><emph>Cell - Unprotect</emph></link>.</paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..987f60a1a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0105100400xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Unprotect</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <section id="unprotect"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:UnsetCellsReadOnly" id="bm_id3818873" localize="false"/> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149052"><link href="text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp" name="Unprotect">Unprotect</link></h1> + <section id="unprotectcells"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3083450" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:UnsetCellsReadOnly">Removes the cell protection for all selected cells in the current table.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#unprotect"/> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154558" role="paragraph">To remove the protection from several tables at once, select the tables, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T. To remove the protection from all of the tables in a document, click anywhere in the document, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150765" role="tip">You can also remove cell protection from a table in the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link>.</paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8cf8a71e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105110000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Row</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149502" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp" name="Row">Row</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154652" xml-lang="en-US">Set the height of rows, or select, insert, and delete rows.</paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#zeile"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3083451" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp" name="Height">Height</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp#hoehetext"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149349" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp" name="Optimal Height">Optimal Height</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp#zeilenhoehetext"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05110600m.xhp#distribute_rows_equally"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp#select"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149883" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp" name="Insert...">Insert...</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp#einfuegentext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp#delete"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..95e181034 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105110100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Row Height</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SetRowHeight" id="bm_id3310623" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/rowheight/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/rowheight/RowHeightDialog" id="bm_id3154653" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149871" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Row Height</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149053" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="hoehetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SetRowHeight">Changes the height of the selected row(s).</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#hoehez"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/rowheight/heightmf" id="bm_id3145823" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155625" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Height</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154554" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/rowheight/heightmf">Enter the height that you want for the selected row(s).</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/rowheight/fit" id="bm_id3150019" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149878" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Fit to size</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145244" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/rowheight/fit">Automatically adjusts the row height to match the contents of the cells.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3154646" xml-lang="en-US">You can also right-click in a cell, and then choose <link href="text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp" name="Row - Optimal Height"><emph>Row - Optimal Height</emph></link>.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da7745128 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105110200xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Optimal Height</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SetOptimalRowHeight" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153728" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3150010" xml-lang="en-US">Optimal Height</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147436" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="zeilenhoehetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SetOptimalRowHeight" visibility="visible">Automatically adjusts row heights to match the contents of the cells.</ahelp> This is the default setting for new tables.</variable></paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#optimal_row_height"/> +</section> + <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3154765" xml-lang="en-US">This option is only available if the table contains a row with a fixed height.</paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a47847695 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105110300xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Select</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="select"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EntireRow" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149055" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3154650" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp" name="Select">Select</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151389" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:EntireRow" visibility="visible">Selects the row that contains the cursor.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#selektierenz"/> +</section> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149352" xml-lang="en-US">This option is only available if the cursor is in a table.</paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f46d86b04 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105110500xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Delete</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="delete"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DeleteRows" id="bm_id7236774" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149502" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp" name="Delete">Delete</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149050" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="loeschentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DeleteRows">Deletes the selected row(s) from the table.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#delete_row"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea4e808cb --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105120000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Column</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154762" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp" name="Column">Column</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149052" xml-lang="en-US">Set the width of columns, or select, insert, and delete columns.</paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#spalte"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146322" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp" name="Width...">Width...</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp#breitetext"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154558" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp" name="Optimal width">Optimal width</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp#spaltenbreitetext"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05120600.xhp#distribute_columns_equally"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp#select"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150564" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp" name="Insert...">Insert...</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp#einfuegentext"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp#delete"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38b7f1dba --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105120100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Column Width</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SetColumnWidth" id="bm_id7860324" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/ColumnWidthDialog" id="bm_id3149875" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150345" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Column Width</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149503" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="breitetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SetColumnWidth">Changes the width of the selected column(s).</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#breites"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3083452" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Width</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/column" id="bm_id3149350" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146323" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Columns</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145822" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/column">Enter the column number of the column you want to change the width of.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/width" id="bm_id3150019" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154502" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Width</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149880" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/width">Enter the width that you want for the selected column(s).</ahelp><comment>removed 2 sentences, see #i64155</comment></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..47b2b784a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105120200xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Optimal Width</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SetOptimalColumnWidth" id="bm_id8687648" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149500" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Optimal Width</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149050" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="spaltenbreitetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SetOptimalColumnWidth">Automatically adjusts column widths to match the contents of the cells.</ahelp> Changing the width of a column does not affect the width of the other columns in the table. The width of the table cannot exceed the page width. +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5611743" xml-lang="en-US">The change affects only selected cells. You can adjust multiple cells next to each other if you select the cells together.</paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#optimal_column_width"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..180db97cb --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105120300xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Select</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> + <section id="select"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EntireColumn" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150253" localize="false"/><paragraph id="hd_id3154660" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp" name="Select">Select</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154765" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:EntireColumn" visibility="visible">Selects the column that contains the cursor.</ahelp> This option is only available if the cursor is in a table.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#spaltesel"/> +</section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c7b8955c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105120400xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Columns/Rows</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertRowDialog" id="bm_id3149871" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1058C" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Inserts a row into the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertColumnDialog" id="bm_id3149874" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A7" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Inserts a column into the table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148489" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Insert Columns/Rows</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151241" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="einfuegentext">Inserts a row or column into the table. This command is only available when the cursor is in a table. +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#insert_columns_rows"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3156311" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/insert_number" id="bm_id3156311" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3083447" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Insert</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150016" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Number</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155626" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/insert_number">Enter the number of columns or rows that you want.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145829" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Position</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154504" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies where to insert the columns or rows.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/insert_before" id="bm_id3156312" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150015" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Before</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150564" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/insert_before">Adds new columns to the left of the current column, or adds new rows above the current row.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/insert_after" id="bm_id3156313" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149024" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">After</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153718" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/insert_after">Adds new columns to the right of the current column, or adds new rows below the current row.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c02e36509 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105120500xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Delete</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="delete"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DeleteColumns" id="bm_id9878689" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145801" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp" name="Delete">Delete</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153418" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="loeschentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DeleteColumns">Deletes the selected column(s) from the table.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156385" xml-lang="en-US">This command is only available if the cursor is in a table.</paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#delete_columns"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c29583155 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105130000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Styles in Writer</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id4005249"><bookmark_value>styles;categories</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>character styles;style categories</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>paragraph styles;style categories</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>frames; styles</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>page styles;style categories</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>list styles;style categories</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 id="hd_id3150344" xml-lang="en-US">Styles in Writer</h1> +<section id="style_catalog"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10635" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"><comment>UFI: this is no more "Style Catalog" dialog, but we need the links and tables</comment><comment>UFI: another comment: the Style Catalog can be customized to be visible again!!! Dont know it this is temporary bug, workaround, or feature</comment></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149052" xml-lang="en-US">The following information concerns Writer styles that you can apply using the <link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp">Styles</link> deck of the Sidebar.</paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150015" xml-lang="en-US">If you want, you can edit the styles of the current document, and then save the document as a template. To save the document as template, choose <emph>File - </emph><link href="text/shared/01/01110300.xhp" name="Templates - Save as Template"><emph>Templates - Save as Template</emph></link>.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3150572" xml-lang="en-US">Style Category</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153721" xml-lang="en-US">These are the different categories of formatting styles.</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3154642"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3151271" xml-lang="en-US">Name</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3153154" xml-lang="en-US">Description</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151172" xml-lang="en-US">Character Styles </paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147512" xml-lang="en-US">Use Character Styles to format single characters, or entire words and phrases. If you want, you can nest Character Styles.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150713" xml-lang="en-US">Paragraph Styles </paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149810" xml-lang="en-US">Use Paragraph Styles to format paragraphs, including the font type and size. You can also select the paragraph style to apply to the next paragraph.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151308" xml-lang="en-US">Frame Styles</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147527" xml-lang="en-US">Use Frame Styles to format text and graphic frames.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3152960" xml-lang="en-US">Page Styles </paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155897" xml-lang="en-US">Use Page Styles to organize the structure of the document, and to add page numbers. You can also specify the page style to apply to the first page that follows after a page break.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154196" xml-lang="en-US">List Styles</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149298" xml-lang="en-US">Use List Styles to format ordered or unordered lists.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +<section id="style_groups"> +<h2 id="hd_id3149821" xml-lang="en-US">Style Groups</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154828" xml-lang="en-US">These are the style groups that you can display in the Styles window.</paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3149101"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3148977" xml-lang="en-US">Name</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3149032" xml-lang="en-US">Meaning</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153642" xml-lang="en-US">Automatic</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3152769" xml-lang="en-US">Displays styles appropriate to the current context.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154374" xml-lang="en-US">All Styles</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153351" xml-lang="en-US">Displays all styles of the active style category.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150590" xml-lang="en-US">Applied Styles</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149168" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the styles (of selected category) applied in the current document. </paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3156368" xml-lang="en-US">Custom Styles</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145780" xml-lang="en-US">Displays all user-defined styles in the selected style category.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155908" xml-lang="en-US">Character Styles</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150114" xml-lang="en-US">Displays formatting styles for text.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150700" xml-lang="en-US">Chapter Styles</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147412" xml-lang="en-US">Displays formatting styles for headings.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147500" xml-lang="en-US">List Styles</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149568" xml-lang="en-US">Displays formatting styles for ordered or unordered lists.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145263" xml-lang="en-US">Index Styles</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155975" xml-lang="en-US">Displays formatting styles for indexes.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell > +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149213" xml-lang="en-US">Special Styles</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147736" xml-lang="en-US">Displays formatting styles for headers, footers, footnotes, endnotes, tables, and captions.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3146339" xml-lang="en-US">HTML Styles</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149845" xml-lang="en-US">Displays a list of styles for HTML documents.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155560" xml-lang="en-US">Conditional Styles</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154774" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the user-defined conditional styles.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151090" xml-lang="en-US">Hierarchical</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3148448" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the styles in the selected category in a hierarchical list. To view the styles in a sublevel, click on the plus sign (+) next to the sublevel name.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a8555cb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105130002xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Character Style </title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<h1 id="hd_id3148489"><link href="text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp" name="Character Style">Character Style</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154650" xml-lang="en-US">Character styles provide a way to customize the formatting for individual characters. Use character styles to change the properties of a character, word or selected part of a paragraph. When you apply a character style to a text selection, the character style properties override the corresponding paragraph character properties.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id541610673006306">For example, if you apply a character style with 15pt font size to a selection in a paragraph with character property of 12pt font size, the selection is set to 15pt, while the rest of the paragraph remains with 12pt font size.</paragraph> +<note id="par_id751610803325140"><emph>No Character Style</emph> is actually the set of character properties of the current paragraph style. Choose No Character Style to reset the character properties of the selection to those of the paragraph style. You cannot customize No Character Style.</note> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#characterstyle"/> +</section> +<note id="par_id901610542787798">Direct formatting overrides any formatting provided by a character style. To remove direct formatting from a selection, use <menuitem>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</menuitem> (<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+M</keycode>).</note> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05040100.xhp#organizer"/> +<note id="par_id701610668103877">Use the <emph>Contains</emph> section in the Organizer to see the properties of the character style.</note> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp#characters"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp#font_effects"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp#position"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05020600.xhp#asilayout"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#asia_note"/> +<embed href="text/shared/02/02160000.xhp#character_highlight"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp#borders"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset_for_styles"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#apply_for_styles"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#standard_for_styles"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#ok"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#cancel_for_styles"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16ae38f4e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105130004xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">List Style</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<h1 id="hd_id3155961" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp" name="Numbering Style">List Style</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149501" xml-lang="en-US">Here you can create a List Style. The List Styles are organized in the <link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="Styles">Styles</link> window.</paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#numberingstyle"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id317365356036" xml-lang="en-US">When a List Style is created, a name is assigned to the style. The list style can be applied to paragraphs or assigned to a paragraph style in the Apply List Style section of the <link href="text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp" name="ApplyListStyle">Outline & List</link> tab.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151390" xml-lang="en-US">Ordered lists and unordered lists created in the <link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp" name="Numbering/bullets">Bullets and Numbering</link> dialog or with the <link href="text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp" name="Toggle Ordered List">Toggle Ordered List</link> and <link href="text/shared/02/06120000.xhp" name="Toggle Unordered List">Toggle Unordered List</link> icons of the <link href="text/swriter/main0202.xhp" name="object bar">Formatting</link> bar use <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatting" name="direct formatting">direct formatting</link>. They are not list styles.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05040100.xhp#organizer"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050100.xhp#bullets"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050200.xhp#numberingtype"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050300.xhp#outline"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050400.xhp#graphics"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp#position_s"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050500.xhp#customize"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset_for_styles"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#apply_for_styles"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#ok"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#cancel_for_styles"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..158011486 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105130100xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Condition</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="conditional"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154656"><bookmark_value>styles; conditional</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>conditional styles</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/ConditionPage" id="bm_id3152964" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3154656" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp" name="Condition">Condition</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154766" xml-lang="en-US">Define conditions for conditional styles here.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#conditional_style"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151391" xml-lang="en-US">Conditional styles are paragraph styles that have different properties depending on the context. Once defined, you cannot change the conditional properties of a conditional style.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149349" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] applies the paragraph properties of conditional styles as follows (the bold terms correspond to the titles of dialog fields): If a paragraph formatted with a conditional style is in a <emph>Context</emph> that has an <emph>Applied Style</emph> linked to it, then the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> from that condition is used. If no style is linked to the <emph>Context</emph>, then the attributes defined in the conditional style apply. The following example illustrates this relationship:</paragraph> +<list type="ordered"> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149883" xml-lang="en-US">Open a blank text document and write a short business letter with a header (<emph>Format - Page - Header</emph>).</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148768" xml-lang="en-US">Define a new Paragraph Style by choosing <emph>New</emph> in the <emph>Styles</emph> window, and selecting all the paragraph properties that you want for your business letter in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog. Name this style "Business letter".</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153723" xml-lang="en-US">Then click the <emph>Condition</emph> tab and select the <emph>Conditional style</emph> field to define the new Paragraph Style as a conditional style.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154647" xml-lang="en-US">In <emph>Context</emph>, select the header entry and under <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> select the style for the header in your business letter; for example, the default Paragraph Style "Header". You also can select your own style.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150760" xml-lang="en-US">You can apply the Paragraph Style to the context by double-clicking the selected entry in the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> list box or by using <emph>Apply</emph>.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149753" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Paragraph Style dialog, and then format all paragraphs in your business letter, including the header, with the new "Business letter" conditional Paragraph Style. (When you click in the header, you may need to display <item type="literal">All Styles</item> or <item type="literal">Custom Styles</item> in the style list to use the new business letter style.)</paragraph> +</listitem> +</list> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145412" xml-lang="en-US">The header text now has the attributes you specified in the Header Paragraph Style, while the other parts of the document have the attributes defined in the business letter conditional Paragraph Style.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3154473" xml-lang="en-US">The "Text Body" Style was created as a conditional style. Therefore, any styles you derive from it can be used as conditional styles.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151321" xml-lang="en-US">The Paragraph Style applied to the context is used when exporting to other formats (RTF, HTML, and so on).</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/condstyle" id="bm_id3152963" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3152952" xml-lang="en-US">Conditional style</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150974" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/condstyle">Check this box to define a new style as a conditional style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/links" id="bm_id3147524" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3153672" xml-lang="en-US">Context</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147530" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/links">Here you can see the $[officename] predefined contexts, including outline levels 1 to 10, list levels 1 to 10, table header, table contents, section, border, footnote, header and footer.</ahelp></paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155896" xml-lang="en-US">Applied Styles</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149689" xml-lang="en-US">Here you can see the list of all Paragraph Styles applied to a context.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/styles" id="bm_id3159190" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3154194" xml-lang="en-US">Paragraph Styles</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159195" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/styles">A list of all Paragraph Styles which can be assigned to a context is contained in the list box.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#style_groups"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/remove" id="bm_id3151329" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3149306" xml-lang="en-US">Remove</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151335" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/remove">Click here to remove the current context assigned to the selected style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/apply" id="bm_id3149494" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3149483" xml-lang="en-US">Assign</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154829" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/apply">Click <emph>Apply</emph> to apply the <emph>selected Paragraph Style</emph> to the defined <emph>context</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b3f6173c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,217 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0105140000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Styles (Sidebar)</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="styles_and_formatting"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3907589"> + <bookmark_value>Styles window;applying styles</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>styles;previews</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>previews;styles</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<comment>mw deleted "applying;."</comment> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SFX2_HID_TEMPLATE_FMT" id="bm_id7354350" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3154505"><link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="Styles">Styles (Sidebar)</link></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3148391" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Use the Styles deck of the Sidebar to apply, create, edit, and remove formatting styles. Double-click an entry to apply the style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:EditStyle" id="bm_id0122200903162640" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_id0122200903183687" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Choose Edit Paragraph Style in the context menu of a paragraph to edit the style of all paragraphs of the same style.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#stylewindow"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_idN106EF" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#docking" name="dock">dock</link> the Styles window, drag its title bar to the left or to the right side of the workspace. To undock the window, double-click a free space on its toolbar.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id270120161717298895" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">By default, the Styles deck displays a preview of the available styles. The previews can be disabled by unchecking the <emph>Show Previews</emph> box below the list of styles.</paragraph> + + +<h2 id="hd_id3153146">Style Category</h2> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ParaStyle" id="bm_id5183654" localize="false"/> + +<table id="tbl_id3149753"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147506" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3147512" src="sw/res/sf01.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3147512">Icon Paragraph Styles</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154106" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Paragraph Styles</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3149800" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays formatting styles for paragraphs.</ahelp> Use paragraph styles to apply the same <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatting" name="formatting">formatting</link>, such as font, numbering, and layout to the paragraphs in your document.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:CharStyle" id="bm_id8801201" localize="false"/> + +<table id="tbl_id3153673"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3151319" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3152955" src="sw/res/sf02.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3152955">Icon Character Styles</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150351" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Character Styles</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154570" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays formatting styles for characters.</ahelp> Use character styles to apply font styles to selected text in a paragraph.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FrameStyle" id="bm_id9644609" localize="false"/> + +<table id="tbl_id3149688"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3159194" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3159200" src="sw/res/sf03.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3159200">Icon Frame Styles</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3151332" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Frame Styles</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3143282" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays formatting styles for frames.</ahelp> Use frame styles to format frame layouts and position.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:PageStyle" id="bm_id1836178" localize="false"/> + +<table id="tbl_id3154831"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3149819" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3149826" src="sw/res/sf04.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149826">Icon Page Styles</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3148976" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Page Styles</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3147220" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays formatting styles for pages.</ahelp> Use page styles to determine page layouts, including the presence of headers and footers.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ListStyle" id="bm_id8443551" localize="false"/> + +<table id="tbl_id3149034"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3152766" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3152772" src="sw/res/sf05.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3152772">Icon List Styles</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154390" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">List Styles</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3153361" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays formatting styles for numbered and bulleted lists.</ahelp> Use list styles to format number and bullet characters and to specify indents.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<table id="tbl_id3989034"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3132646" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id1952772" src="sw/res/sf06.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3152772">Icon Table Styles</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3129390" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Table Styles</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3115361" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays formatting styles for tables.</ahelp> Use table styles to apply borders, backgrounds, fonts, alignment, and number formats to tables.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_WATERCAN" id="bm_id3151377" localize="false"/> + +<table id="tbl_id3151030"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150576" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3150590" src="cmd/sc_fillstyle.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3150590">Icon Fill Format Mode</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3145786" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp" name="style_fillformat">Fill Format Mode</link></paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3156379" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_WATERCAN">Applies the selected style to the object or text that you select in the document. Click this icon, and then drag a selection in the document to apply the style.</ahelp> To exit this mode, click the icon again, or press Esc.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<table id="tbl_id3155923"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150114" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3150122" src="cmd/sc_stylenewbyexample.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3150122">Icon New Style from Selection</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147490" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US">Style actions menu</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_idN109BB" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu with more commands.</ahelp></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell></tablecell> + <tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:StyleNewByExample" id="bm_id7425973" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_NEWBYEXAMPLE" id="bm_id3149563" localize="false"/> + <paragraph id="par_idN109DA" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp" name="stylist_fromselect"><menuitem>New Style from Selection</menuitem></link></paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3149552" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a new style based on the formatting of the current paragraph, page, or selection.</ahelp></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell></tablecell> + <tablecell> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:StyleUpdateByExample" id="bm_id7425974" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_UPDATEBYEXAMPLE" id="bm_id9001129" localize="false"/> + <paragraph id="par_idN10A04" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp" name="updatestyle"><menuitem>Update Selected Style</menuitem></link> </paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3146333" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles window.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:LoadStyles" id="bm_id7425975" localize="false"/> + <paragraph id="par_idN10A31" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp" name="loadstyles"><menuitem>Load Styles from Template</menuitem></link></paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_idN10A36" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Load Styles from Template dialog to import styles from another document.</ahelp></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<h2 id="hd_id3147167">How to apply a Character style to a selected text</h2> +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3151264" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Select the text.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150756" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click the desired character style in the Styles window.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<h2 id="hd_id3147184">How to apply a Paragraph style</h2> +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3153564" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Place the cursor in the paragraph, or select multiple paragraphs.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id3150735" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click the desired paragraph style in the Styles window.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<tip id="par_idN1071D">You can assign shortcut keys to Styles from the <menuitem>Tools - Customize</menuitem> - <emph>Keyboard</emph> tab. Some shortcuts are predefined. <switchinline select="sys"> + <caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command+0</keycode></caseinline> +<defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl+0</keycode></defaultinline> + </switchinline> (zero) applies the <emph>Text Body</emph> paragraph style. <emph>Heading 1</emph> through <emph>Heading 5 </emph>paragraph styles can be applied by using the <switchinline select="sys"> + <caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline> +<defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline> + </switchinline> key and the heading number. For example <switchinline select="sys"> + <caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command+2</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl+2</keycode></defaultinline> +</switchinline> applies the <emph>Heading 2</emph> paragraph style.</tip> +<tip id="par_id3154643" xml-lang="en-US">The Formatting (Styles) toolbar contains icons for applying and modifying styles.</tip> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3148860">More information about <link href="text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp" name="styles">styles</link>.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#pagestyles"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp#autohide"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aed08b4d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0105150000xml" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">AutoCorrect</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <section id="autoformat"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153925"><bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;text documents</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153925"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp" name="AutoFormat">AutoCorrect</link></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151182" role="paragraph">Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp"><emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</emph></link>.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#autoformat1"/> + </section> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp#typing"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp#apply"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp#apply_and_edit_changes"/> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1029200810080924"><link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect Options</link></h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1029200810080924" role="paragraph">Opens the AutoCorrect dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147570" role="paragraph">To open the <link href="text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp" name="AutoFormat for Tables">AutoFormat for Tables</link> dialog, click in a table cell, and then choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat Styles</emph>.</paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ddee2b297 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105150100xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">While Typing (AutoCorrect)</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="typing"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id531611675140517"> +<bookmark_value>automatic heading formatting</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;headings</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>headings;automatic</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>separator lines;AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:OnlineAutoFormat" id="bm_id3154491" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3147436" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp" name="While Typing">While Typing</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154017" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:OnlineAutoFormat">Automatically formats the document while you type. To set the formatting options, choose <menuitem>Tools - AutoCorrect - Options</menuitem>, and then click the <emph>Options</emph> tab.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#while_typing"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148488" xml-lang="en-US">You can use AutoCorrect to format text documents and plain ASCII text files, but not characters that you have manually formatted. Automatic <link href="text/shared/01/06040100.xhp" name="word completion">word completion</link> only occurs after you type a word for the second time in a document.</paragraph> +<tip id="par_id3147407" xml-lang="en-US">To reverse the last AutoCorrect action, choose <emph>Edit - </emph><link href="text/shared/01/02010000.xhp" name="Undo"><emph>Undo</emph></link>.</tip> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147404" role="paragraph">When you apply automatic formats, the following rules apply:</paragraph> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155625">AutoCorrect for Headings</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154505" role="paragraph">A paragraph is formatted as a heading when the following conditions are met:</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145241" role="listitem">paragraph begins with a capital letter</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148386" role="listitem">paragraph does not end with a punctuation mark</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150564" role="listitem">empty paragraph above and below the paragraph</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152941">AutoCorrect for Separator Lines</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154105" role="paragraph">If you type three or more hyphens (---) or certain other characters in a row and then press Enter, the paragraph is replaced by a horizontal line as wide as the page. The line is actually the <link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp" name="lower border">lower border</link> of the preceding paragraph. The bottom padding of such a paragraph will be set to 0.75 mm. The following rules apply:</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153530" role="listitem">Three hyphens (-) yield a single line (0.05 pt thick).</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154477" role="listitem">Three underscores (_) yield a single line (0.75 pt thick).</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150982" role="listitem">Three equal signs (=) yield a thin double line (0.75 pt thick).</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id621656410235262" role="listitem">Three asterisk signs (*) yield a thick/thin double line (2.25 pt thick).</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id861656410244737" role="listitem">Three tilde signs (~) yield a thin/thick double line (2.25 pt thick).</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id951656410249826" role="listitem">Three hash signs (#) yield a medium double line (1.5 pt thick).</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150536" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp" name="Other AutoFormat rules">Other AutoCorrect rules</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..717c091fc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105150101xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">AutoFormat for Tables</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:AutoFormat" id="bm_id3150343" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/AutoFormatTableDialog" id="bm_id3150249" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id2655415"><bookmark_value>tables;AutoFormat function</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>styles;table styles</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>AutoFormat function for tables</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148485">AutoFormat for Tables</h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149500" role="paragraph"><variable id="autoformattabelle"><ahelp hid=".">Automatically applies formats to the current table, including fonts, shading, and borders.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#autoformattab"/> + </section> + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151388">Applying an AutoFormat to a Table</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145828" role="listitem">Click in a table cell, or select the cells that you want to format.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153006" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat Styles</emph>, and then click the format that you to want to apply.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145585" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/formatlb" id="bm_id3148770" localize="false"/> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148386">Format</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149022" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/formatlb">Lists the available formatting styles for tables. Click the format that you want to apply, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/add" id="bm_id3147174" localize="false"/> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153722">Add</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151185" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/add">Adds a new table style to the list.</ahelp></paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154646" role="listitem">Format a table in your document.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156320" role="listitem">Select the table, and then choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat Styles</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153156" role="listitem">Click <emph>Add</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151168" role="listitem">In the <emph>Add AutoFormat</emph> dialog, enter a name, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/stringinput/edit" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150278" localize="false"/> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153391" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp visibility="hidden" hid="modules/swriter/ui/stringinput/edit">Enter a name for the new AutoFormat, and then click<emph> OK</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/remove" id="bm_id3154280" localize="false"/> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147516">Delete</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150707" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/remove">Deletes the selected table style. You cannot delete "Default Table Style".</ahelp></paragraph> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149302">Rename</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149490" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/rename">Changes the name of the selected table style. You cannot rename "Default Table Style".</ahelp></paragraph> +<h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153534">Formatting</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154477" role="paragraph">Select the formatting attributes to include in the selected table style.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/numformatcb" id="bm_id3147526" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151317">Number format</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150970" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/numformatcb">Includes numbering formats in the selected table style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/fontcb" id="bm_id3152954" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150350">Font</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152961" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/fontcb">Includes font formatting in the selected table style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/alignmentcb" id="bm_id3153675" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154575">Alignment</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155896" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/alignmentcb">Includes alignment settings in the selected table style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/bordercb" id="bm_id3154193" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149690">Borders</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154200" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/bordercb">Includes border styles in the selected table style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/patterncb" id="bm_id3155184" localize="false"/> +<h3 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159201">Pattern</h3> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151325" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/patterncb">Includes background styles in the selected table style.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/rename" id="bm_id3149483" localize="false"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150104.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150104.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46418a5b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150104.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105150104xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Combine</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05150104.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154502" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Combine</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/percentdialog/PercentDialog" id="bm_id9093905" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/percentdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id9093905" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150020" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Minimum Size</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145241" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/percentdialog/PercentDialog">Enter the minimum length for combining single-lined paragraphs as a percentage of the page width.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..663773071 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0105150200xml" indexer="include"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Apply (AutoCorrect)</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <section id="apply"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:AutoFormatApply" id="bm_id9349581" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id5028839"> +<bookmark_value>autocorrect;apply manually</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155962"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp" name="Apply">Apply</link></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149871" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:AutoFormatApply">Automatically formats a document or a selection according to the options set in the AutoCorrect <link href="text/shared/01/06040100.xhp" name="AutoCorrect Options"><emph>Options</emph></link> tab.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id791611674214928">To select options, choose <menuitem>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</menuitem>, click the <emph>Options</emph> tab, then select options in the [M] column to be applied when the Apply command is chosen.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#autoformat2"/> + </section> + + <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149030">AutoCorrect for Bullets / Numbering</h2> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156316" role="paragraph">To create a bulleted list, type a hyphen (-), star (*), or plus sign (+), followed by a space or tab at the beginning of a paragraph.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150763" role="paragraph">To create a numbered list, type a number followed by a period (.), followed by a space or tab at the beginning of a paragraph. </paragraph> + <note xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147507">Automatic numbering is only applied to paragraphs formatted with the Default Paragraph Style, Text Body or Text Body Indent paragraph styles.</note> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7fc74ac1a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105150300xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Apply and Edit Changes</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<section id="apply_and_edit_changes"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:AutoFormatRedlineApply" id="bm_id766634" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149353" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp" name="Apply and Edit Changes">Apply and Edit Changes</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152999" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:AutoFormatRedlineApply">Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</emph>. In a dialog, you are asked to accept or reject the changes.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#autoformat3"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/ok" id="bm_id3149022" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148775" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Accept All</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149029" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/ok">Applies all of the formatting changes.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/cancel" id="bm_id3147173" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153722" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Reject All</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149711" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/cancel">Rejects all of the formatting changes.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/edit" id="bm_id3147564" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150756" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit Changes</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147570" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/edit">Opens a dialog where you can accept or reject AutoCorrect changes. You can also view the changes made by a specific author or on a specific date.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151184" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/02230402.xhp" name="Manage AutoFormat Changes, Filter tab">Manage Changes, Filter tab</link></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..014a7bb0e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105170000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Load Styles</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:LoadStyles" id="bm_id6197481" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/LoadTemplateDialog" id="bm_id3154764" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3151242" xml-lang="en-US"> + <switchinline select="appl"> + <caseinline select="IMPRESS">Load Master Slide</caseinline> + <caseinline select="DRAW">Load Master Page</caseinline> + <defaultinline><variable id="load_styles_header"><link href="text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp" name="Load Styles">Load Styles</link></variable></defaultinline> + </switchinline> +</h1> +<switch select="appl"> + <case select="IMPRESS"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150717" xml-lang="en-US">Load additional slide designs for your presentation.</paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/simpress/00/slide_menu.xhp#loadslidedesign"/> + </section> + </case> + <case select="DRAW"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2150717" xml-lang="en-US">Load additional page designs for your drawing.</paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/sdraw/00/page_menu.xhp#loadpagedesign"/> + </section> + </case> + <default><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3083446" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="styles_text"><ahelp hid=".">Imports formatting styles from another document or template into the current document.</ahelp></variable></paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#loadstyles"/> + </section> + </default> +</switch> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/text" id="bm_id3148772" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/categories" id="bm_id31547561" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/templates" id="bm_id3154703" localize="false"/> +<switch select="appl"> + <case select="IMPRESS"> + <h2 id="hd_id3150327">Categories</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147338" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/categories">Displays the available slide design categories.</ahelp></paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155962">Templates</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155337" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/templates">Displays the templates for the selected design category.</ahelp></paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id241634052550343">Preview</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150344" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/expander">Shows or hides a preview of a selected master slide.</ahelp></paragraph> + <note id="par_id9159206">Some master slides may not contain visible text objects or drawing objects.</note> + </case> + <case select="DRAW"> + <h2 id="hd_id3150427">Categories</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157338" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/categories">Displays the available page design categories.</ahelp></paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155952">Templates</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155837" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/templates">Displays the pages designs for the selected design category.</ahelp></paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id241634052520343">Preview</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id315054" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/expander">Shows or hides a preview of a selected page design.</ahelp></paragraph> + <note id="par_id3159206">Some page designs may not contain visible text objects or drawing objects.</note> + </case> + <default> + <h2 id="hd_id3149354" xml-lang="en-US">Categories</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/categories">Lists the available template categories. Click a category to view its contents in the <emph>Templates </emph>list.</ahelp></paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3149885" xml-lang="en-US">Templates</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145249" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/templates">Lists the available templates for the selected category.</ahelp></paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3148392" xml-lang="en-US">Paragraph and Character</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149026" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/text">Loads the paragraph and the character styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/frame" id="bm_id3147174" localize="false"/> + <h2 id="hd_id3153717" xml-lang="en-US">Frame</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156320" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/frame">Loads the frame styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/pages" id="bm_id3151271" localize="false"/> + <h2 id="hd_id3147565" xml-lang="en-US">Page</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154642" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/pages">Loads the page styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/numbering" id="bm_id3149756" localize="false"/> + <h2 id="hd_id3153147" xml-lang="en-US">List</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152587" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/numbering">Loads the numbering styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/overwrite" id="bm_id3147507" localize="false"/> + <h2 id="hd_id3151176" xml-lang="en-US">Overwrite</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147514" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/overwrite">Replaces styles in the current document that have the same name as the styles you are loading. No warning message is given.</ahelp></paragraph> + <note id="par_id3150358" xml-lang="en-US">Only applied styles and modified styles are loaded from a document or template. The styles shown in the sidebar cannot be used as a guide.</note> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/fromfile" id="bm_id3147520" localize="false"/> + <h2 id="hd_id3153668" xml-lang="en-US">From File</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147526" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/fromfile">Locate the file containing the styles that you want to load, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> + <tip id="par_id121611051600253">To save styles from a document as a template, use <emph>From File</emph> to load the styles to an empty document, then choose <menuitem>File - Templates - Save as Template</menuitem>.</tip> +</default> +</switch> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#load_styles"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f0825bb7b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105190000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Split Table</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="split_table"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153246"><bookmark_value>tables; splitting</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>splitting tables; at cursor position</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>dividing tables</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SplitTable" id="bm_id3037041" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/SplitTableDialog" id="bm_id3154654" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153246" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp" name="Split Table">Split Table</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3083450" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:SplitTable">Splits the current table into two separate tables at the cursor position.</ahelp> You can also access this command by right-clicking in a table cell.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#tabauf"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149351" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Mode</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/copyheading" id="bm_id3153002" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154554" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Copy heading</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154503" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/splittable/copyheading">Includes the first row of the original table as the first row of the second table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheadingapplystyle" id="bm_id3145247" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149880" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Custom heading (apply style)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148389" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheadingapplystyle">Inserts a blank header row in the second table that is formatted with the style of the first row in the original table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheading" id="bm_id3148775" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150568" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Custom heading</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149027" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheading">Inserts an additional blank row in the second table.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/noheading" id="bm_id3147173" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153720" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">No heading</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156318" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/splittable/noheading">Splits the table without copying the header row.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3145411" xml-lang="en-US">When you split a table that contains formulas, the formulas may be affected.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3721b92c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0105200000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Merge Table </title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="merge_table"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154652"><bookmark_value>tables; merging</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>merging; tables</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MergeTable" id="bm_id6690819" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mergetabledialog/MergeTableDialog" id="bm_id3149048" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mergetabledialog/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154652" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp" name="Merge Table">Merge Table</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147401" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Combines two consecutive tables into a single table. The tables must be directly next to each other and not separated by an empty paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#tabverb"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146325" xml-lang="en-US">If you choose this command when the cursor is in the middle of three consecutive tables, you are prompted to select the table that you want to merge with.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1eabfef90 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106030000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Hyphenation</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="hyphenation"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Hyphenate" id="bm_id3267005" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hyphenate/HyphenateDialog" id="bm_id3152362" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hyphenate/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3152362" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154657" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Hyphenation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148572" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="silben"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts hyphens in words that are too long to fit at the end of a line.</ahelp> $[officename] searches the document and suggests hyphenation that you can accept or reject. If text is selected, the Hyphenation dialog works on the selected text only. If no text is selected, the Hyphenation dialog works on the whole document.</variable></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#silbentrennung"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153811" xml-lang="en-US">To automatically hyphenate the current or selected paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp" name="Text Flow">Text Flow</link> tab. You can also apply automatic hyphenation to a paragraph style. In text where automatic hyphenation is enabled, the Hyphenation dialog will not find any word to hyphenate.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151389" xml-lang="en-US">When $[officename] finds a word that requires hyphenation, do one of the following options:</paragraph> +<list type="unordered"> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155622" xml-lang="en-US">To accept the hyphenation of the displayed word, click <emph>Hyphenate</emph>.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154558" xml-lang="en-US">To change the hyphenation of the displayed word, click the left or right arrow below the word, and then click <emph>Hyphenate</emph>. The left and right buttons are enabled for words with multiple hyphenation points.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150017" xml-lang="en-US">To reject the hyphenation of the displayed word, click <emph>Skip</emph>. This word will not be hyphenated.</paragraph> +</listitem> + +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150018" xml-lang="en-US">To automatically hyphenate the remaining part of the selection or the document, click <emph>Hyphenate All</emph> and answer "Yes" to the following question.</paragraph> +</listitem> + +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150019" xml-lang="en-US">To end hyphenation, click <emph>Close</emph>. The hyphenation that is applied already will not be reverted. You can use <emph>Edit - Undo</emph> to undo all hyphenation that was applied while the Hyphenation dialog was open.</paragraph> +</listitem> + +</list> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3147562" xml-lang="en-US">To exclude paragraphs from the automatic hyphenation, select the paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, click the Text Flow tab, and then clear the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box in the Hyphenation area.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3154276" xml-lang="en-US">To disable the Hyphenation dialog and always hyphenate automatically, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp" name="Language Settings - Writing Aids"><emph>Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph></link>, and select the <emph>Hyphenate without inquiry</emph> check box.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152950" xml-lang="en-US">To manually enter a hyphen directly in the document, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Minus sign (-).</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147523" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a non-breaking (protected) hyphen directly in the document, click in the word that you want to hyphenate, and then press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Minus sign(-).</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154573" xml-lang="en-US">To hide soft hyphens, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp" name="Text Document - Formatting Aids"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph></link>, and then clear the <emph>Custom hyphens</emph> check box.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150360" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Word</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hyphenate/worded" id="bm_id3155903" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153676" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Word</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149687" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyphenate/worded">Displays the hyphenation suggestion(s) for the selected word.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hyphenate/left" id="bm_id3159192" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hyphenate/right" id="bm_id3159196" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154195" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left / Right Arrow</paragraph> + +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155174" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyphenate/right">Set the position of the hyphen. This option is only available if more than one hyphenation suggestion is displayed.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hyphenate/continue" id="bm_id3149299" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151327" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Next</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149306" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyphenate/continue">Ignores the hyphenation suggestion and finds the next word to hyphenate.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hyphenate/ok" id="bm_id3143280" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149495" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Hyphenate</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149096" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyphenate/ok">Inserts the hyphen at the indicated position.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hyphenate/delete" id="bm_id3149815" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154829" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Remove</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149821" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyphenate/delete">Removes the current hyphenation point from the displayed word.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea4b1c558 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0106040000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Word Count</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wordcount/WordCountDialog" id="bm_id6469313" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wordcount/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wordcount/help" id="bm_id6469314" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wordcount/close" id="bm_id6469315" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WordCountDialog" id="bm_id1483504" localize="false"/> +<section id="wordcount"> + <h1 xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10542"><link href="text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp">Word Count</link></h1> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10552" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wordcount/WordCountDialog">Counts the words and characters, with or without spaces, in the current selection and in the whole document. The count is kept up to date as you type or change the selection.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#wordcount"/> + </section> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp#how"/> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1062D" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01100400.xhp" name="File - Properties - Statistics"><menuitem>File - Properties - Statistics</menuitem> </link></paragraph> + </section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..94e796d6f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0106060000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Chapter Numbering</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ChapterNumberingDialog" id="bm_id6638326" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numberingnamedialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/OutlineNumberingDialog" id="bm_id6154506" localize="false"/> + +<h1 id="hd_id3154561" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="ChapNumh1"><link href="text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp">Chapter Numbering</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id3145246" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="kapnum"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChapterNumberingDialog">Specifies the numbering scheme and outline format for chapter numbering in the current document.</ahelp></variable></paragraph> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#kapitelnumerierung"/> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id3150934" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Chapter numbering is achieved by assigning paragraph styles to outline levels, and a numbering scheme for each outline level. By default, the "Heading" paragraph styles (1-10) are assigned to the corresponding outline levels (1-10). You can use the dialog to assign a different paragraph style to an outline level.</paragraph> +<tip id="par_id8237250" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="chapter_numbering_tip">If you want numbered headings, choose <menuitem>Tools - </menuitem><link name="chapternumbering" href="text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp#ChapNumh1"><menuitem>Chapter Numbering</menuitem></link>. This command opens a dialog where numbering schemes can be assigned to paragraph styles used for headings. Do not use the <link href="text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp" name="Toggle Ordered List">Toggle Ordered List</link> icon on the <link href="text/swriter/main0202.xhp" name="FormattingBar">Formatting Bar</link> or the <menuitem>Format - </menuitem><link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp" name="BulletsNumbering"><menuitem>Bullets and Numbering</menuitem></link> dialog.</variable></tip> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#numbering"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp#position_s"/> +<section id="loadsave"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/format" id="bm_id3147506" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3151168" xml-lang="en-US">Load/Save</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3147512" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/format">Saves or loads a chapter numbering format. A saved chapter numbering format is available to load into other text documents.</ahelp></paragraph> +<note id="par_id3150979" xml-lang="en-US">The <widget>Load/Save</widget> button is only available for chapter numbering. Use List styles to save formatting for ordered or unordered lists.</note> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form1" id="bm_id3154474" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form2" id="bm_id3154475" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form3" id="bm_id3154476" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form4" id="bm_id3154477" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form5" id="bm_id3154478" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form6" id="bm_id3154479" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form7" id="bm_id3154480" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form8" id="bm_id3154481" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form9" id="bm_id3154482" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3154572" xml-lang="en-US">Untitled 1 - 9</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3150350" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a predefined numbering format.</ahelp> Save your own predefined numbering formats using <emph>Save As</emph>.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/saveas" id="bm_id3152958" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3153675" xml-lang="en-US">Save As</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3155892" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/saveas">Opens a dialog where you can save the current numbering and position settings for all levels. Saved settings are available to load into other documents.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numberingnamedialog/entry" id="bm_id3154191" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/numberingnamedialog/form" id="bm_id3154194" localize="false"/> + +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..62383d74d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textswriter0106060100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Numbering</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> +<section id="numbering"> +<h1 id="hd_id3151387" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp" name="Numbering">Numbering</link></h1> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/OutlineNumberingPage" id="bm_id3150280" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_id3155620" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the number format and the hierarchy for chapter numbering in the current document.</paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#kapitelnumerierung1"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/level" id="bm_id3154508" localize="false"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3153003" xml-lang="en-US">Level</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3150018" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/level">Click the outline level that you want to modify, and then specify the numbering options for the level.</ahelp> To apply the numbering options, except for paragraph style, to all the levels, click "1-10".</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id3145248" xml-lang="en-US">Numbering</h2> +<paragraph id="par_id3150930" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the formatting for the selected outline level.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/style" id="bm_id3153716" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3149030" xml-lang="en-US">Paragraph Style</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3153722" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/style">Select the paragraph style that you want to assign to the selected outline level.</ahelp> If you click "None", the selected outline level is not defined.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/numbering" id="bm_id3150766" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3151272" xml-lang="en-US">Number</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3156319" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/numbering">Select the numbering scheme that you want to apply to the selected outline level.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<table id="tbl_id3154642"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150258" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Selection</emph> </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3149760" role="tablehead" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Description</emph> </paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3155899" role="tablecontent" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">1, 2, 3, ...</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154191" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Arabic numerals</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3147513" role="tablecontent" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">A, B, C, ...</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150708" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Capital letters</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154104" role="tablecontent" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">a, b, c, ...</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3153533" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Lowercase letters</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3151314" role="tablecontent" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">I, II, III, ...</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154470" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Roman numerals (upper)</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3150360" role="tablecontent" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">i, ii, iii, ...</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3152960" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Roman numerals (lower)</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3149298" role="tablecontent" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">A,... AA,... AAA,...</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3151332" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Alphabetical numbering with identical capital letters, where the number of letters indicates the chapter level. For example, the second number in level three is "BBB".</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3143284" role="tablecontent" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">a,... aa,... aaa,...</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3149820" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Alphabetical numbering with identical lower case letters, where the number of letters indicates the chapter level. For example, the third number in level two is "cc".</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3154834" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">None</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id3148968" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">No numbering symbol. Only the character or symbol defined in the <emph>Separator</emph> fields appears at the beginning of the numbered line.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/charstyle" id="bm_id3147218" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3147098" xml-lang="en-US">Character Style</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3147224" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/charstyle">Select the character style of the numbering character.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/sublevelsnf" id="bm_id3149042" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3153643" xml-lang="en-US">Show sublevels</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3147575" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/sublevelsnf">Select the number of outline levels to include in the chapter numbering. For example, select "3" to display three levels of chapter numbering: 1.1.1</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/prefix" id="bm_id3155136" localize="false"> +</bookmark> + + +<h3 id="hd_id3152772" xml-lang="en-US">Separator Before</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3155142" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/prefix">Enter the text that you want to display before the chapter number.</ahelp> For example, type "Chapter " to display "Chapter 1".</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/suffix" id="bm_id3153352" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3154386" xml-lang="en-US">Separator After</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3153358" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/suffix">Enter the text that you want to display after the chapter number.</ahelp> For example, type a period (.) to display "1."</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/startat" id="bm_id3149175" localize="false"/> + +<h3 id="hd_id3150590" xml-lang="en-US">Start at</h3> +<paragraph id="par_id3151023" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/startat">Enter the number that you want to restart the chapter numbering at.</ahelp></paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp#positionh1"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp#ChapNumh1"/> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ecd2f5020 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106080000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Footnotes/Endnotes Settings</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FootnoteDialog" id="bm_id3799245" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153004" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp" name="Footnote options">Footnotes/Endnotes Settings</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149882" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="fnoten"><ahelp hid=".uno:FootnoteDialog">Specifies the display settings for footnotes and endnotes.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#fussnoteneinstellung"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#footnote_settings"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#endnote_settings"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..697611098 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106080100xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Footnote Settings</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="footnote_settings"> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/FootnotePage" id="bm_id3154656" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3154705" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp" name="Footnotes">Footnote Settings</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149500" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/FootnotePage">Specifies the formatting for footnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#fussnoten"/> +</section> +<note id="par_id3154560" xml-lang="en-US">To set additional option for footnotes, choose <menuitem>Format - Page Style</menuitem>, and then click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp" name="Footnote"><emph>Footnote</emph></link> tab.</note> +<h2 id="hd_id3149884" xml-lang="en-US">AutoNumbering</h2> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/numberinglb" id="bm_id3150929" localize="false"/> +<section id="endnote_numbering"> +<h3 id="hd_id3148394" xml-lang="en-US">Numbering</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150568" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/numberinglb">Select the numbering scheme that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3153923"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3147570" xml-lang="en-US">Selection</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3151180" xml-lang="en-US">Description</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150981" xml-lang="en-US">1, 2, 3</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154569" xml-lang="en-US">Arabic numerals</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150763" xml-lang="en-US">A, B, C</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153154" xml-lang="en-US">Uppercase</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151171" xml-lang="en-US">a, b, c</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147508" xml-lang="en-US">Lowercase</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150706" xml-lang="en-US">I, II, III</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152940" xml-lang="en-US">Roman numerals (upper case)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153530" xml-lang="en-US">i, ii, iii</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150359" xml-lang="en-US">Roman numerals (lower case)</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147525" xml-lang="en-US">A,... AA,... AAA,...</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155895" xml-lang="en-US">Alphabetical numbering with uppercase letters. After the first 26 entries, the numbering restarts at "AA".</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154194" xml-lang="en-US">a,... aa,... aaa,...</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149297" xml-lang="en-US">Alphabetical numbering with lowercase letters. After the first 26 entries, the numbering restarts at "aa".</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> + +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/countinglb" id="bm_id3155179" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3151330" xml-lang="en-US">Counting</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155186" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/countinglb">Select the numbering option for the footnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> +<table id="tbl_id3143284"> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3149096" xml-lang="en-US">Option</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3151256" xml-lang="en-US">Meaning</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147094" xml-lang="en-US">Per page</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148983" xml-lang="en-US">Restarts the numbering of footnotes at the top of each page. This option is only available if the <emph>End of page </emph>check box is selected in the <emph>Position </emph>area.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149040" xml-lang="en-US">Per chapter</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152766" xml-lang="en-US">Restarts the numbering of footnotes at the beginning of each chapter.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +<tablerow> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155147" xml-lang="en-US">Per document</paragraph> +</tablecell> +<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153347" xml-lang="en-US">Numbers the footnotes in the document sequentially.</paragraph> +</tablecell> +</tablerow> +</table> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/prefix" id="bm_id3150580" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3151036" xml-lang="en-US">Before</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150587" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/prefix">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type "To " to display "To 1".</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/suffix" id="bm_id3156375" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3156364" xml-lang="en-US">After</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155906" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/suffix">Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type ")" to display "1)".</paragraph> +<tip id="par_id334242345" xml-lang="en-US">Footnote numbers are left aligned by default in the footnote area. For right aligned footnote numbers first edit the paragraph style <emph>Footnote</emph>. Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command+T</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>F11</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline> to open <emph>Styles</emph> dialog and select <emph>Footnote</emph> from the list of paragraph styles. Open the local menu with right click and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Go to the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab page and set indent to 0 before and after the paragraph, including the first line. On <emph>Tabs</emph> tab page create a tab of right type at 12pt and a tab of left type at 14pt. Then in <emph>Footnotes/Endnotes Settings</emph> dialog enter <item type="input">\t</item> into the <emph>Before</emph> and <emph>After</emph> edit boxes.</tip> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/offsetnf" id="bm_id3149179" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149167" xml-lang="en-US">Start at</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156268" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/offsetnf">Enter the number for the first footnote in the document. This option is only available if you selected "Per Document" in the <emph>Counting </emph>box.</ahelp></paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148875" xml-lang="en-US">Position</h3> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/pospagecb" id="bm_id3151380" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3148888" xml-lang="en-US">End of page</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151385" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/pospagecb">Displays footnotes at the bottom of the page.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/posdoccb" id="bm_id3150117" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149549" xml-lang="en-US">End of document</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150123" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/posdoccb">Displays footnotes at the end of the document as endnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155871" xml-lang="en-US">Styles</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150695" xml-lang="en-US">To ensure a uniform appearance for the footnotes in your document, assign a paragraph style to the footnote text, and assign character styles to the footnote anchor number and the number in the footnote area.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/parastylelb" id="bm_id3147613" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3147418" xml-lang="en-US">Paragraph</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147620" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/parastylelb">Select the paragraph style for the footnote text. Only special styles can be selected.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/pagestylelb" id="bm_id3145122" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3147495" xml-lang="en-US">Page</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145128" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/pagestylelb">Select the page style that you want to use for footnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3149229" xml-lang="en-US">This option is only available if the <emph>End of Document</emph> check box is selected in the <emph>Position</emph> area.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/charanchorstylelb" id="bm_id3149846" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149834" xml-lang="en-US">Text area</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147592" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/charanchorstylelb">Select the character style that you want to use for footnote anchors in the text area of your document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/charstylelb" id="bm_id3148857" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3148845" xml-lang="en-US">Footnote area</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148863" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/charstylelb">Select the character style that you want to use for the footnote numbers in the footnote area.</ahelp></paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155575" xml-lang="en-US">Continuation notice</h2> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/conted" id="bm_id3151078" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3148445" xml-lang="en-US">End of Footnote</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151091" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/conted">Enter the text that you want to display when the footnotes are continued on the next page, for example, "Continued on Page ". $[officename] Writer automatically inserts the number of the following page. </ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/contfromed" id="bm_id3154082" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3154784" xml-lang="en-US">Start of next page</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154089" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/contfromed">Enter the text that you want to display on the page where the footnotes are continued, for example, "Continued from Page ". $[officename] Writer automatically inserts the number of the previous page.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8963235c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106080200xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Endnote Settings</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="endnote_settings"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/EndnotePage" id="bm_id3154644" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3156321" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp" name="Endnotes">Endnote Settings</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151182" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/EndnotePage">Specifies the formatting for endnotes.</ahelp> The type of endnote numbering and the Styles to apply are the options available.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#endnoten"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/numberinglb" id="bm_id3149757" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3149292" xml-lang="en-US">AutoNumbering</h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#endnote_numbering"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/offsetnf" id="bm_id3145421" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3151178" xml-lang="en-US">Start at</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147512" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/offsetnf">Enter the number for the first endnote in the document.</ahelp> This is useful if want the endnote numbering to span more than one document.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/prefix" id="bm_id3150714" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3150702" xml-lang="en-US">Before</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152943" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/prefix">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type "re: " to display "re: 1".</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/suffix" id="bm_id3153529" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149804" xml-lang="en-US">After</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153535" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/suffix">Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type ")" to display "1)".</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152952" xml-lang="en-US">Styles</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150970" xml-lang="en-US">To ensure a uniform appearance for the endnotes in your document, assign a paragraph style, and assign character styles to the endnote anchor number and the number in the endnote area.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/parastylelb" id="bm_id3147520" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3151312" xml-lang="en-US">Paragraph</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147526" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/parastylelb">Select the paragraph style for the endnote text. Only special styles can be selected.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/pagestylelb" id="bm_id3154482" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3154470" xml-lang="en-US">Page</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154569" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/pagestylelb">Select the page style that you want to use for endnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/charanchorstylelb" id="bm_id3159195" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3154198" xml-lang="en-US">Text area</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159200" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/charanchorstylelb">Select the character style that you want to use for endnote anchors in the text area of your document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/charstylelb" id="bm_id3155175" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3151326" xml-lang="en-US">Endnote area</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155182" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/charstylelb">Select the character style that you want to use for the endnote numbers in the endnote area.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5868654e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106090000xml" indexer="include"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Convert Text to Table</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147402"><bookmark_value>converting; text, into tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>text; converting to tables</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>tables; converting to text</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConvertTableText" id="bm_id3342815" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/ConvertTextTableDialog" id="bm_id3146323" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147402" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp" name="Convert Text to Table">Convert Text to Table</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145829" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="texttab"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertTableText">Converts the selected text into a table, or the selected table into text.</ahelp> +</variable></paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#texttabelle"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150015" xml-lang="en-US">The options available in this dialog depending on the type of conversion.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145247" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Separate text at</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148388" xml-lang="en-US">A separator, such as a tab, marks the column boundaries in the selected text. Each paragraph in the selection is converted into a row in the table. Similarly, when you convert a table into text, the column markers are changed to the character that you specify, and each row is converted into a separate paragraph.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/tabs" id="bm_id3166468" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150936" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Tabs</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149027" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/tabs">Converts the text to a table using tabs as column markers.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/semicolons" id="bm_id3153722" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147171" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Semicolons</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147565" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/semicolons">Converts the text to a table using semi-colons (;) as column markers.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/paragraph" id="bm_id3154638" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151273" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Paragraph</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154645" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/paragraph">Converts the text to a table using paragraphs as column markers.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/other" id="bm_id3153151" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151184" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Other:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150256" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/other">Converts the text to a table using the character that you type in the box as a column marker.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/othered" id="bm_id3151168" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149295" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text box</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151175" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/othered">Type the character that you want to use as a column marker.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/keepcolumn" id="bm_id3154273" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147508" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Equal width for all columns</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154278" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/keepcolumn">Creates columns of equal width, regardless of the position of the column marker.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/autofmt" id="bm_id3152939" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150703" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">AutoFormat</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id31542781" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154097" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/headingcb" id="bm_id3153528" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149802" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Heading</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153535" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/headingcb">Formats the first row of the new table as a heading.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/repeatheading" id="bm_id3152962" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150359" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Repeat heading</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150973" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/repeatheading">Repeats the table header on each page that the table spans.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/repeatheaderssb" id="bm_id6823328" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id5971251" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">The first ... rows</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4136478" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Repeats the first n rows as a header.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/dontsplitcb" id="bm_id3147524" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151315" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Don't split table</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147530" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/dontsplitcb">Does not divide the table across pages.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/bordercb" id="bm_id3149123" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154472" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Border</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154570" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/bordercb">Adds a border to the table and the table cells.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48f41ab73 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106100000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Sort</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149353"><bookmark_value>tables;sorting rows</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>sorting;paragraphs/table rows</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>text; sorting paragraphs</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>lines of text; sorting paragraphs</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>sorting;paragraphs in special languages</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>Asian languages;sorting paragraphs/table rows</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SortDialog" id="bm_id849221" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:TableSort" id="bm_id6670125" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/SortDialog" id="bm_id66701251" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149353" role="heading" level="1">Sort</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150015" role="paragraph"><variable id="sort"><ahelp hid=".uno:SortDialog">Sorts the selected paragraphs or table rows alphabetically or numerically.</ahelp> You can define up to three sort keys as well as combine alphanumeric and numeric sort keys. +</variable></paragraph> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#sortieren"/> + </section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150931" role="heading" level="2">Sort criteria</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/key1" id="bm_id3153926" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/key2" id="bm_id3166462" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/key3" id="bm_id3166466" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149029" role="heading" level="2">Keys 1 to 3</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147170" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/key3">Specifies additional sorting criteria. You can also combine sort keys.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/colsb1" id="bm_id3156318" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/colsb2" id="bm_id3156322" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/colsb3" id="bm_id3154638" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147565" role="heading" level="2">Column 1 to 3</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154644" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/colsb3">Enter the number of the table column that you want to use as a basis for sorting.</ahelp></paragraph><comment>removed a para</comment> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/typelb1" id="bm_id3149286" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/typelb2" id="bm_id3149289" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/typelb3" id="bm_id3149292" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150254" role="heading" level="2">Key type 1 to 3</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149752" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/typelb3">Select the sorting option that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151177" role="heading" level="2">Order</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id072020090105453" role="heading" level="3">Ascending</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/up1" id="bm_id3147506" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/up2" id="bm_id3147509" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/up3" id="bm_id3147513" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154270" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/up3">Sorts in ascending order, (for example, 1, 2, 3 or a, b, c).</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/down1" id="bm_id3154101" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/down2" id="bm_id3154104" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/down3" id="bm_id3152938" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150708" role="heading" level="2">Descending</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152946" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/down3">Sorts in descending order (for example, 9, 8, 7 or z, y, x).</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149812" role="heading" level="2">Direction</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/columns" id="bm_id3152962" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153540" role="heading" level="2">Columns</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150973" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/columns">Sorts the columns in the table according to the current sort options.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/rows" id="bm_id3153670" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147526" role="heading" level="2">Rows</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153677" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/rows">Sorts the rows in the table or the paragraphs in the selection according to the current sort options.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151312" role="heading" level="2">Separator</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150350" role="paragraph">Paragraphs are separated by nonprinting paragraph marks. You can also specify that tabs or a character act as separators when you sort paragraphs.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/tabs" id="bm_id3155896" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154570" role="heading" level="2">Tabs</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155902" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/tabs">If the selected paragraphs correspond to a list separated by tabs, select this option.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/character" id="bm_id3154201" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/separator" id="bm_id3159190" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154190" role="heading" level="2">Character</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159196" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/separator">Enter the character that you want to use as a separator in the selected area.</ahelp> By using the separator, $[officename] can determine the position of the sorting key in the selected paragraph.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/delimpb" id="bm_id3151335" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151324" role="heading" level="2">Select</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155178" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/delimpb">Opens the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialog, where you can select the character that you want to use as a separator.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/langlb" id="bm_id3149494" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149482" role="heading" level="2">Language</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151252" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/langlb">Select the language that defines the sorting rules.</ahelp> Some languages sort special characters differently than other languages.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/matchcase" id="bm_id3154832" localize="false"/> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149104" role="heading" level="2">Match case</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154838" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/matchcase">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when you sort a table. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10895" role="note">For Asian languages, select <emph>Match case </emph>to apply multi-level collation. In the multi-level collation, the primitive forms of the entries are first compared with the cases of the forms and diacritics ignored. If the forms are the same, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still the same, the cases, character widths, and Japanese Kana differences of the forms are compared.<comment>UFI: see #112590# and #112507#</comment></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..826e8f33c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106110000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Calculate</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="calculate"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:CalculateSel" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149884" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3154505" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp" name="Calculate">Calculate</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150021" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:CalculateSel" visibility="visible">Calculates the selected formula and copies the result to the clipboard.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#calculate"/> +</section> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#calculate_intext2"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..537221e86 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106120000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Page Formatting</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="page_formatting"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Repaginate" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150342" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3155961" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp" name="Page Formatting">Page Formatting</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150249" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:Repaginate">Updates the page formats in the document and recalculates the total number of pages that is displayed on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#seitenformatierung"/> +</section> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154766" xml-lang="en-US">In long documents, updating the page formatting can take a while.</paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1068c66f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106160000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Current Index</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="current_index"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpdateCurIndex" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154656" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3154704" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp" name="Current Index">Current Index</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149499" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:UpdateCurIndex" visibility="visible">Updates the current index.</ahelp> The current index is the one that contains the cursor.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#aktuellesverz"/> +</section> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3154763">You can also right-click in an index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Update Index or Table of Contents</emph>. The following commands are also available in the context menu:</paragraph> + +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EditCurIndex" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147297" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3146967" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Index or Table of Contents</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151387" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditCurIndex" visibility="visible">Edits the current index or table.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RemoveTableOf" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155620" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3147403" xml-lang="en-US">Delete Index or Table of Contents</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155625" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:RemoveTableOf" visibility="visible">Deletes the current index or table.</ahelp></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a54bc17da --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106170000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">All Indexes and Tables</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="all_indexes"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpdateAllIndexes" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151243" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3149875" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp" name="All Indexes and Tables">All Indexes and Tables</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150211" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:UpdateAllIndexes" visibility="visible">Update all indexes and tables of contents in the current document. You do not need to place the cursor in an index or table before you use this command.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#alleverz"/> +</section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af179cc1c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106180000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Line Numbering</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:LineNumberingDialog" id="bm_id9455016" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/LineNumberingDialog" id="bm_id3154660" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3154705" xml-lang="en-US">Line Numbering</h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150249" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="zeinum">Adds or removes and formats line numbers in the current document. To exclude a paragraph from line numbering, click in the paragraph, choose <menuitem>Format - Paragraph</menuitem>, click the <emph>Outline & List</emph> tab, and then clear the <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph> check box. +</variable> You can also exclude a paragraph style from line numbering.</paragraph> +<note id="par_id248115" xml-lang="en-US">Line numbers are not available in HTML format.</note> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#zeilennumerierung"/> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/shownumbering" id="bm_id3147402" localize="false"/> +<h2 id="hd_id3146965" xml-lang="en-US">Show numbering</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147295" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/shownumbering">Adds line numbers to the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3083449" xml-lang="en-US">View</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155621" xml-lang="en-US">Set the properties of the line numbering.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/styledropdown" id="bm_id3154558" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3145822" xml-lang="en-US">Character Style</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153000" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/styledropdown">Select the formatting style that you want to use for the line numbers.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/formatdropdown" id="bm_id3150020" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149880" xml-lang="en-US">Format</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145246" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/formatdropdown">Select the numbering scheme that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/positiondropdown" id="bm_id3148774" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3150569" xml-lang="en-US">Position</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150932" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/positiondropdown">Select where you want the line numbers to appear.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/spacingspin" id="bm_id3153924" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3155986" xml-lang="en-US">Spacing</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153719" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/spacingspin">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the line numbers and the text.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/intervalspin" id="bm_id3151267" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3151183" xml-lang="en-US">Interval</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151272" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/intervalspin">Enter the counting interval for the line numbers.</ahelp></paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156321" xml-lang="en-US">Separator</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150765" xml-lang="en-US">You can enter a separator character to display between line numbers if the counting interval is more than one.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/textentry" id="bm_id3153150" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3150258" xml-lang="en-US">Text</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149286" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/textentry">Enter the text that you want to use as a separator.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/linesspin" id="bm_id3151175" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3149757" xml-lang="en-US">Every</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145412" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/linesspin">Enter the number of lines to leave between the separators.</ahelp></paragraph> +<note id="par_id3153532" xml-lang="en-US">Separators are only displayed in lines that are not numbered.</note> +<h2 id="hd_id3152962" xml-lang="en-US">Count</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150358" xml-lang="en-US">Specify whether to include empty paragraphs or lines in frames in the line count.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/blanklines" id="bm_id3154573" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3153677" xml-lang="en-US">Blank lines</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150973" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/blanklines">Includes empty paragraphs in the line count.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/linesintextframes" id="bm_id3150990" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3154476" xml-lang="en-US">Lines in frames</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150995" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/linesintextframes">Adds line numbers to text in frames. The numbering restarts in each frame, and is excluded from the line count in the main text area of the document.</ahelp> In <link href="text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp" name="linked frames">linked frames</link>, the numbering is not restarted.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/restarteverynewpage" id="bm_id3155902" localize="false"/> +<h3 id="hd_id3151320" xml-lang="en-US">Restart every new page</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149685" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/restarteverynewpage">Restarts line numbering at the top of each page in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#numbering_lines"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9c88f27d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106190000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Update All</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="update_all"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpdateAll" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154560" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3145824" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp" name="Update All">Update All</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153004" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:UpdateAll" visibility="visible">Updates all links, fields, indexes, tables of contents, and page formatting in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#alles"/> +</section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ad94620ff --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106200000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Fields</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="fields"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpdateFields" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3148485" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3083281" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp" name="Fields">Fields</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154656" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:UpdateFields" visibility="visible">Updates the contents of all fields in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#update_fields"/> +</section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be96318fc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106210000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Links</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="links"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpdateAllLinks" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154656" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3155962" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp" name="Links">Links</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149499" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:UpdateAllLinks" visibility="visible">Updates the links in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#aktverknuepf"/> +</section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a025da151 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106220000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">All Charts</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <section id="all_charts"> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:UpdateCharts" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3148488" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id3155959" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp" name="All Charts">All Charts</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150344" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:UpdateCharts" visibility="visible">Updates the charts in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#adiagr"/> +</section> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..148868b45 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter0106990000xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Update</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + <section id="update"> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154704"><bookmark_value>updating; text documents</bookmark_value></bookmark> + <h1 id="hd_id3154704" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp" name="Update">Update</link></h1> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149501" xml-lang="en-US">Updates items in the current document that have dynamic contents, so as fields and indexes.</paragraph> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#aktualisieren"/> +</section> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp#update_all"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp#fields"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp#links"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp#current_index"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp#all_indexes"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp#all_charts"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp#page_formatting"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/accessibility_check.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/accessibility_check.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..923049f5f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/accessibility_check.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="accessibilitycheck" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Accessibility Check</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/accessibility_check.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id551630942369429"> + <bookmark_value>accessibility;check in text document</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>PDF/UA;check</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark id="bm_id541630940172937" xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/accessibilitycheckdialog/dialogButtons" localize="false"/> +<bookmark id="bm_id541630940172826" xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/accessibilitycheckdialog/@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<section id="accessibilitycheckheading"> + <h1 id="hd_id771630940172827"><variable id="accessibilitycheckh1"><link href="text/swriter/01/accessibility_check.xhp" name="Accessibility Check">Accessibility Check</link></variable></h1> + <paragraph id="par_id951630940172830" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Review common accessibility problems in the document, and support for PDF/UA specifications in the PDF export dialog.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id311630940367510">Choose <menuitem>Tools - Accessibility Check</menuitem>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id521630941308319">Select <menuitem>File - Export as PDF - General - Universal Accessibility (PDF/UA)</menuitem> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> +</section> + +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id901630941406987">The Accessibility Check tool traverses the document structure and gather all possible accessibility issues. The check can be run manually through the menu or it will be triggered after PDF export dialog, when the PDF/UA support is enabled.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id271630943848307">The Accessibility Check dialog</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id681630943858371">The Accessibility Check dialog shows a list of all issues found in the text document.</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id841630943833924">Go to Issue</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id41630943863594">Click the button to jump to the page and select the object or issue that requires attention for accessibility.</paragraph> + +<h2 id="hd_id121630943721145">Common accessibility checks</h2> + +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id31630941412046">The checks that are currently implemented are:</paragraph> +<list type="unordered"> +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id191630941836904" role="listitem">Check that the document title is set.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id1001630941860410" role="listitem">Check that the document language is set, or that all styles that are in use, have the language set.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id1001630941880414" role="listitem">Check all images, graphics, OLE objects for the alt (or title in some objects) text.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id491630941907745" role="listitem">Check that tables do not include split or merged cells, which could be disorienting for users with visual impairments.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id901630941949974" role="listitem">Check for fake/manual numbering (not using integrated numbering). For example writing "1." "2." "3." at the beginning of the paragraphs.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id981630941970321" role="listitem">Check that hyperlink text is not a hyperlink itself - hyperlink should be described.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id421630941989099" role="listitem">Check for the contrast between text and the background. The algorithm is described in the WCAG specification.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id781630942005022" role="listitem">Check for blinking text, which can be problematic for people with cognitive disabilities or photosensitive epilepsy.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id651630942022847" role="listitem">Check for footnotes and endnotes, which should be avoided.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id531630942039864" role="listitem">Check for heading order. Order of the headings must increase incrementally with no skips (for example Heading 1 to Heading 3, skipping Heading 2).</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id221630942064725" role="listitem">Check, if text conveys additional meaning with (direct) formatting.</paragraph> +</listitem> +</list> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp#accessibility"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/edit_reference_submenu.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/edit_reference_submenu.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..532d1e9f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/edit_reference_submenu.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="edit_reference_submenu" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Reference (Edit)</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/edit_reference_submenu.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> +<body> + +<section id="edit_reference_head"> +<h1 id="hd_id1001603128268578"><link href="swriter/01/edit_reference_submenu.xhp" name="editreference">Reference</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id411603128291771">A submenu that offers possibilities to edit footnotes, endnotes, index entries, and bibliography entries.</paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/shared/00/edit_menu.xhp#reference"/> +</section> + +<h2 id="hd_id3147302" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp" name="Footnotes">Footnote or Endnote</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#footnote_endnote_text"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3147327" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp" name="Index Entry">Index Entry</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#index_entry_text"/> + +<h2 id="hd_id3147352" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp" name="Bibliography Entry">Bibliography Entry</link></h2> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp#bibliography_entry_text"/> + +</body> +</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c03d61a4d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01format_objectxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Text Box and Shape</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2005-07-15T13:49:17">Format Object menu in Writer</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="object"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DrawGraphicMenu" id="bm_id5739310" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="par_idN10548" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp">Text Box and Shape</link></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10558" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu to edit the properties of the selected textbox or shape.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05230000.xhp#position_and_size"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05200000.xhp#line"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05210000.xhp#area"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/05990000.xhp#text"/><comment>Text Attributes</comment> +<h2 id="par_id9466841" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05280000.xhp">Fontwork</link></h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2874538" xml-lang="en-US">Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialog.</paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/legacynumbering.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/legacynumbering.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..15d51ad7e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/legacynumbering.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="legacynumberingxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Position (List Styles - Legacy)</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/legacynumbering.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id601579742532876"> +<bookmark_value>numbering;OpenOffice.org</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>OpenOffice.org legacy numbering</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<section id="legacynumberinghead"> + <bookmark id="bm_id221579742307751" xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/legacynumbering" localize="false"/> + <h1 id="hd_id761579742307751"><variable id="legacynumberingh1"><link href="text/swriter/01/legacynumbering.xhp" name="legacy numbering">Position (List Styles - Legacy)</link></variable></h1> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id821590943298700" localize="false"><embedvar href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp#positioninfo"/> </paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#numposition"/> +</section> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp#positionlevels"/> +<note id="par_id5004119" xml-lang="en-US">%PRODUCTNAME Writer uses the position controls shown here when opening documents that use a different method for positioning and spacing. For default controls see <link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp" name="LO-numbering-alignment">Position (List Styles)</link>.<comment>see http://specs.openoffice.org/writer/numbering/NewListLevelAttrs.odt</comment></note> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp#positionspacingheading"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/indentmf" id="bm_id3153032" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numdistmf" id="bm_id3155830" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/indentmf" id="bm_id1336405" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154422" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Indent</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144438" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numdistmf">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin (or the left edge of the text object) and the left edge of the numbering area. If the current paragraph style uses an indent, the amount you enter here is added to the indent.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/relative" id="bm_id3149166" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/relative" id="bm_id3149164" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155179" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Relative</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146137" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/relative">Indents the current level relative to the previous level in the list hierarchy.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/numberingwidthmf" id="bm_id3153349" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/indentatmf" id="bm_id3153348" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150245" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Width of numbering<comment>i85347</comment></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150129" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/indentatmf">Enter the width of the numbering area. The numbering symbol can be left, center or right in this area.</ahelp><comment>UFI: fixed #i31282#</comment></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/numdistmf" id="bm_id3149237" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numdistmf" id="bm_id3149235" localize="false"/> +<switch select="appl"> + <case select="WRITER"> + <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156194" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Minimum space between numbering and text.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147574" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numdistmf">The alignment of the numbering symbol is adjusted to get the desired minimum space. If it is not possible because the numbering area is not wide enough, then the start of the text is adjusted.</ahelp></paragraph> + </case> +</switch> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp#numberingalignmenth3"/><comment>provides heading "Number Alignment</comment> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id621580154011473" xml-lang="en-US">Aligns the numbering symbol left, center, or right in the numbering area. The position might be adjusted to maintain the minimum space.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp#numbAlignNote"/><comment>provides note about "Number Alignment</comment> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp#defaultnumbering"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview"/> +<embed href="/text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp#loadsave"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> +<embed href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp#positionapply"/><comment>provides Apply control help</comment> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3116235" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp" name="LO numbering alignment">Position (List Styles)</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3199228" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05030700.xhp" name="Paragraph alignment">Paragraph alignment</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3194378" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp" name="Paragraph indenting">Indenting Paragraphs</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..629a3eef0 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mailmerge00xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Mail Merge Wizard</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="mailmerge"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MailMergeWizard" id="bm_id6627657" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MergeDialog" id="bm_id9926450" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/vcl/ui/wizard/Wizard" id="bm_id1926107" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10549" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10559" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters or send email messages to many recipients.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#mmwizard"/> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10563" xml-lang="en-US">Before starting the Mail Merge Wizard you might want to review the whole process of creating a mail merge:</paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#form_letters_main"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp#startingdocument"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp#documenttype"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp#addresses"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#greetingline"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp#layout"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#cancel"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#back"/> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#next"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105CC" xml-lang="en-US">First step: <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp" name="Mail Merge Wizard - Select starting document">Mail Merge Wizard - Select starting document</link>.</paragraph> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#form_letters"/> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105F6" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">Configurable Mail Merge dialog</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe9a4c8b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mailmerge01xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Mail Merge Wizard - Select starting Document</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-07T12:01:37">UFI: Mail Merge Wizard page 1</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="startingdocument"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/MMSelectPage" id="bm_id9740592.00000000" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10543" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Select starting document</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10553" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the document that you want to use as a base for the mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/currentdoc" id="bm_id9740592.00000001" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Use the current document</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Uses the current Writer document as the base for the mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/newdoc" id="bm_id501724" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055D" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Create a new document</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a new Writer document to use for the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/loaddoc" id="bm_id216986" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10564" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Start from existing document</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10568" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select an existing Writer document to use as the base for the mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/browsedoc" id="bm_id7658314" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056B" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Browse</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Locate the Writer document that you want to use, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/template" id="bm_id1717886" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10572" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Start from a template</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10576" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the template that you want to create your mail merge document with.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/browsetemplate" id="bm_id3173619" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10579" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Browse</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a template selector dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/recentdoc" id="bm_id6065248" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10584" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Start from a recently saved starting document</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10588" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Use an existing mail merge document as the base for a new mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/recentdoclb" id="bm_id920133" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106F6" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1058B" xml-lang="en-US">Next step: <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp" name="Mail Merge Wizard - Document type">Mail Merge Wizard - Select document type</link></paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10567" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard</link> overview</paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d7a9924b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mailmerge02xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Mail Merge Wizard - Select document type</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="documenttype"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputtypepage/MMOutputTypePage" id="bm_id2589191" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputtypepage/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10543" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Select document type</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10553" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the type of mail merge document to create.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputtypepage/letter" id="bm_id2589190" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Letter</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a printable mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id6954863" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Email message</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputtypepage/email" id="bm_id3822443" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates mail merge documents that you can send as an email message or an email attachment.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10572" xml-lang="en-US">Next step: <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp" name="Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses">Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses</link></paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10568" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard</link> overview</paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf72b3273 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mailmerge03xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-07T12:49:43">UFI: Mail Merge Wizard page 3</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="addresses"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/MMAddressBlockPage" id="bm_id8489027" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10543" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10553" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the recipients for the mail merge document as well as the layout of the address block.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US">The Mail Merge wizard opens to this page if you start the wizard in a text document that already contains address database fields. If the wizard opens directly to this page, the <emph>Select Address List</emph> button is called <emph>Select Different Address List</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US">The title of this page is <emph>Insert address block</emph> for letters and <emph>Select address list</emph> for email messages.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/addresslist" id="bm_id8489028" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10568" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Select Address List</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056C" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp">Select Address List</link> dialog, where you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="warning" id="par_id7805413" xml-lang="en-US">When you edit some records in a Calc spreadsheet data source that is currently in use for a mail merge, those changes are not visible in the mail merge.<comment>ufi: see i9899</comment></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/address" id="bm_id934476" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057D" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">This document shall contain an address block</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10581" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds an address block to the mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/settingspreview" id="bm_id934477" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10584" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the address block layout that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="warning" id="par_id7805416" xml-lang="en-US">If you select <emph>This document shall contain an address block</emph>, the third and fourth substeps become enabled on this page. Then you have to match the <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">address block elements</link> and the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp">field names</link> used in the mail.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/hideempty" id="bm_id59205" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id9355754" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Suppress lines with just empty fields</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3109225" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enable to leave empty lines out of the address.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/settings" id="bm_id8949247" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10587" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">More</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1058B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp">Select Address Block</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/assign" id="bm_id8653523" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059C" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Match fields</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A0" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp">Match Fields</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="warning" id="par_id7805417" xml-lang="en-US">Unless all address elements are matched with a column header, you cannot finish the Mail Merge wizard with the <emph>Finish</emph> button or continue to the <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp">fourth step</link> of the wizard.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/addresspreview" id="bm_id8653524" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A1" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Shows a preview of the address block template filled with data.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/prev" id="bm_id2950224" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/next" id="bm_id8050477" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105B1" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">(Browse buttons)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B5" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B8" xml-lang="en-US">Next step: <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp" name="Mail Merge Wizard - Create salutation">Mail Merge Wizard - Create salutation</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="hd_idN105834" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Alternatively you can press the <emph>Finish</emph> button and use the <link href="text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp">Mail Merge Toolbar</link> to finish the mail merge process.</paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10569" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard</link> overview</paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..387ad7204 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mailmerge04xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Mail Merge Wizard - Greeting Line</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-07T13:13:31">UFI: Mail Merge Wizard page 4</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="greetingline"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/MMSalutationPage" id="bm_id8489029" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10543" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Create salutation</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10553" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the properties for the salutation.</ahelp> If the mail merge database contains gender information, you can specify different salutations based on the gender of the recipient.</paragraph> +</section> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/greeting" id="bm_id274666" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">This document should contain a salutation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a salutation.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/personalized" id="bm_id274667" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055D" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Insert personalized salutation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a personalized salutation to the mail merge document. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/female" id="bm_id274668" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10564" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Female</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10568" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/newfemale" id="bm_id274669" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056B" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">New</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> (Female recipient) dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/male" id="bm_id274670" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10580" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Male</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10584" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/newmale" id="bm_id274671" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10587" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">New</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1058B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> (Male recipient) dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/femalecol" id="bm_id274672" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059C" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Field name</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A0" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the field name of the address database field that contains the gender information.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/femalefield" id="bm_id274673" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A3" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Field value</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A7" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the field value that indicates the gender of the recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/general" id="bm_id274674" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105AA" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">General salutation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105AE" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the default salutation that is used when you do not specify a personalized salutation.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/preview" id="bm_id274675" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105B1" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Preview</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B5" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the salutation.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/assign" id="bm_id9288918" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105B8" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Match fields</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105BC" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp">Match Fields</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/prev" id="bm_id3859675" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/next" id="bm_id991546" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105CD" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">(Browse buttons)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105D1" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105D4" xml-lang="en-US">Next step: <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp" name="Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust layout">Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust layout</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="hd_idN10584" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Alternatively you can press the <emph>Finish</emph> button and use the <link href="text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp">Mail Merge Toolbar</link> to finish the mail merge process.</paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10570" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard</link> overview</paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2dabe402f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mailmerge05xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust Layout</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-07T13:57:01">UFI: Mail Merge Wizard page 5</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="layout"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/MMLayoutPage" id="bm_id8489030" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10543" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust layout</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10553" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the position of the address blocks and salutations on the documents.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10544" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Address Block Position</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/top" id="bm_id1113010" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10564" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From top</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10568" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the page and the top edge of the address block.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/align" id="bm_id7631458" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Align to text body</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Aligns the frame that contains the address block to the left page margin.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/left" id="bm_id7862483" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055D" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From left</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the address block.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10545" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Salutation Position</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/up" id="bm_id656758" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056B" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Up</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Moves the salutation up.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/down" id="bm_id3112582" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10572" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Down</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10576" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Moves the salutation down.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/example" id="bm_id3112585" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10573" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Preview area</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10577" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Provides a preview of the salutation positioning on the page.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/zoom" id="bm_id628070" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10579" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Zoom</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a magnification for the print preview.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106AF" xml-lang="en-US">Use the commands in the context menu of the preview to move the view up and down.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="hd_idN10584" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Press the <emph>Finish</emph> button and use the <link href="text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp">Mail Merge Toolbar</link> to finish the mail merge process.</paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10571" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard</link> overview</paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e888d2ee9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mm_copytoxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Copies To</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-08T12:47:51">UFI: mail merge email copy to dialog</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/ccdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/ccdialog/CCDialog" id="bm_id2162235" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10539" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Copy To</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1053D" xml-lang="en-US">Specify additional email recipients for the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_emailmergeddoc.xhp">mail merge</link> document.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/ccdialog/cc" id="bm_id2162236" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1054E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">CC</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10552" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the recipients of email copies, separated by a semicolon (;).</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/ccdialog/bcc" id="bm_id3037202" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10555" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">BCC</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10559" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the recipients of email blind copies, separated by a semicolon (;).</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..899a6f201 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mm_cusaddlisxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Customize Address List</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-08T11:06:11">UFI: Customize Address List dialog of mail merge</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/customizeaddrlistdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/customizeaddrlistdialog/CustomizeAddrListDialog" id="bm_id8578150" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1053C" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Customize Address List</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10540" xml-lang="en-US">Customizes the address list for <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">mail merge</link> documents.</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/customizeaddrlistdialog/treeview" id="bm_id8578151" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10551" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Address list elements</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10555" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the fields that you want to move, delete, or rename.</ahelp></paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#updown"/> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/customizeaddrlistdialog/add" id="bm_id8578152" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10560" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Add</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10564" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts a new text field.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/customizeaddrlistdialog/delete" id="bm_id8578153" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10572" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected field.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/customizeaddrlistdialog/rename" id="bm_id8578154" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10575" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Rename</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10579" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Renames the selected text field.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e22c7ffc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mm_cusgrelinxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Custom Salutation</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-08T12:27:42">UFI: Custom Greeting Line dialog in mail merge</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/AddressBlockDialog" id="bm_id8578143" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1053C" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Custom Salutation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10540" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the salutation layout for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp">mail merge</link> or <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp">email merge</link> documents. The name of this dialog is different for female recipients and male recipients.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/addresses" id="bm_id8578142" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10551" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Salutation elements</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10555" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a field and drag the field to the other list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/toaddr" id="bm_id5275734" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10558" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055C" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds the selected field from the list of salutation elements to the other list. You can add a field more than once.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/fromaddr" id="bm_id6546525" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055F" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10563" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/addressdest" id="bm_id1746574" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10566" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Drag salutation elements into the box below</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Arrange the fields by drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/custom" id="bm_id8161564" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056D" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Customize salutation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10571" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a value from the list for the salutation and the punctuation mark fields.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/addrpreview" id="bm_id8161564" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10574" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Preview</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10578" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the first database record with the current salutation layout.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/up" id="bm_id1669972" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/left" id="bm_id1744743" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/right" id="bm_id1376384" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/down" id="bm_id7465132" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057B" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">(Arrow Buttons)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4b40546f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mm_emabodxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Email Message</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-08T12:55:00">UFI: E-Mail Body dialog for mail merge</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/MailBodyDialog" id="bm_id495011" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1053C" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Email Message</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10540" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Type the message and the salutation for files that you send as <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp">email</link> attachments.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/greeting" id="bm_id1831110" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10554" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">This email should contain a salutation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10558" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a salutation to the email.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/personalized" id="bm_id1831111" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055B" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Insert personalized salutation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a personalized salutation. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/female" id="bm_id1831112" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10562" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Female</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10566" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/newfemale" id="bm_id1831113" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10569" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">New</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> dialog for a female recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/male" id="bm_id1831114" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057E" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Male</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10582" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/newmale" id="bm_id1831115" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10585" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">New</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10589" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> dialog for a male recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/femalecol" id="bm_id1831116" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059A" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Field name</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1059E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the field name of the address database field that contains the gender information.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/femalefield" id="bm_id1831117" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A1" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Field value</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A5" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the field value that indicates the gender of the recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/general" id="bm_id1831118" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A8" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">General salutation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105AC" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the default greeting to use if a personalized salutation cannot be created.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/bodymle" id="bm_id495010" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105AF" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Write your message here</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B3" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the main text of the email.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emailmergeddoc.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emailmergeddoc.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a505e5b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emailmergeddoc.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="swriter01mm_emailmergeddocxml"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Send merged document as email</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_emailmergeddoc.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="send_merged_document_as_email"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MailMergeEmailDocuments" id="bm_id201703192214544668" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/MMResultEmailDialog" id="bm_id201703192214544668" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id201703192214041173" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/mm_emailmergeddoc.xhp">Send merged document as email</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id201703192214161498" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Sends the mail merge output as email messages to all or some recipients.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<paragraph id="par_idN10556" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Email options</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/mailto" id="bm_id5152745" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN105E8" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN105EC" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the database field that contains the email address of the recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/copyto" id="bm_id3541673" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN105EF" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Copy to</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN105F3" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp">Copy To</link> dialog where you can specify one or more CC or BCC addresses.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/subject" id="bm_id5238196" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN10600" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Subject</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN10604" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the subject line for the email messages.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/sendas" id="bm_id9405499" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN10607" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Send as</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN1060B" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the mail format for the email messages.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN1060E" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">The Plain text and HTML message formats are sent in the body of the message, whereas the *.odt, *.doc, and *.pdf formats are sent as attachments.</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/sendassettings" id="bm_id2954496" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN10611" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Properties</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN10615" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp">Email Message</link> dialog where you can enter the email message for the mail merge files that are sent as attachments.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/attach" id="bm_id8253730" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN10626" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Name of the attachment</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN1062A" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Shows the name of the attachment.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<paragraph id="par_idN10558" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Send records</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/sendallrb" id="bm_id8163090" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN1062D" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Send all documents</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN10631" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select to send emails to all recipients.</ahelp></paragraph> + + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/fromrb" id="bm_id941191" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059B" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1059F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Selects a range of records starting at the record number in the <emph>From</emph> box and ending at the record number in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/from" id="bm_id8942839" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106DB" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106E1" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the first record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/to" id="bm_id7026887" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A2" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A6" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the last record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/ok" id="bm_id425122" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN10642" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Send Documents</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN10646" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click to start sending emails.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63c97f59f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mm_finentxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Find Entry</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-08T11:03:09">UFI: Find Entry dialog of mail merge</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/findentrydialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/findentrydialog/FindEntryDialog" id="bm_id8489028" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10539" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Find Entry</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1053D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Searches for a record or recipient in the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">mail merge</link> address list.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/findentrydialog/entry" id="bm_id8489029" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1054E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Find</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10552" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the search term.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/findentrydialog/findin" id="bm_id8489030" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10555" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Find only in</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10559" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Restricts the search to one data field. </ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/findentrydialog/area" id="bm_id8489031" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055C" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the data field where you want to search for the text.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/findentrydialog/find" id="bm_id8489033" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055F" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Find</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10563" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the next record that contains the search text.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8e061ac5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mm_matfiexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Match Fields</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-08T12:15:01">UFI: Match Fields dialog for mail merge</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignfieldsdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignfieldsdialog/AssignFieldsDialog" id="bm_id8489027" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10539" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Match Fields</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1053D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Matches the logical field names of the layout dialog to the field names in your database when you create new <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">address blocks</link> or <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp">salutations</link>.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignfieldsdialog/FIELDS" id="bm_id8489028" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1054E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Matches to field:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10552" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a field name in your database for each logical address element.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignfieldsdialog/PREVIEW" id="bm_id8489029" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10555" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Address block preview</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10559" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the values of the first data record.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1c8782f72 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mm_newaddbloxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">New Address Block / Edit Address Block</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-08T11:31:39">UFI: New Address Block dialog for mail merge</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10542" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">New Address Block or Edit Address Block</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10546" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the placement of address data fields in an address block in <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp">mail merge</link> documents.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_ELEMENTS" id="bm_id5275740" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10569" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Address elements</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select an address field and drag the field to the other list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_INSERT" id="bm_id5275741" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10570" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10574" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds the selected field from the Address Elements list to the other list.</ahelp> You can add the same field more than once.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_REMOVE" id="bm_id5275742" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10577" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_DRAG" id="bm_id5275743" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Drag address elements here</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10582" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Arrange the fields with drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_PREVIEW" id="bm_id5275744" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10585" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Preview</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10589" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the first database record with the current address block layout.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_MOVEBUTTONS" id="bm_id5275745" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1058C" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">(Arrow Buttons)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10590" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the entry.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9851f672f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mm_newaddlisxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">New Address List</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-08T10:40:54">UFI: New Address List dialog for mail merge</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/CreateAddressList" id="bm_id3153966" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10542" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">New Address List</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10546" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter new addresses or edit the addresses for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">mail merge</link> documents.</ahelp> When you click <emph>OK</emph>, a dialog prompts you for the location to save the address list.</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/CONTAINER" id="bm_id3153967" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10557" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Address Information</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter or edit the field contents for each mail merge recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/START" id="bm_id3153968" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/PREV" id="bm_id3153969" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/SETNOED" id="bm_id3153970" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/SETNOSB" id="bm_id3153977" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/NEXT" id="bm_id3153971" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/END" id="bm_id3153972" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Show Entry Number</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10574" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click the buttons to navigate through the records or enter a record number to display a record.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/NEW" id="bm_id3153973" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10577" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a new blank record to the address list.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/DELETE" id="bm_id3153974" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10582" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected record.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/FIND" id="bm_id3153975" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10585" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Find</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10589" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp">Find Entry</link> dialog. You can leave the dialog open while you edit the entries.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/CUSTOMIZE" id="bm_id3153976" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Customize</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1059E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp">Customize Address List</link> dialog where you can rearrange, rename, add, and delete fields.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_printmergeddoc.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_printmergeddoc.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6bf857598 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_printmergeddoc.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="swriter01mm_printmergeddocxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Print merged document</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_printmergeddoc.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="print_merged_document"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MailMergePrintDocuments" id="bm_id201703192012291723" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/MMResultPrintDialog" id="bm_id201703192012291724" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id201703192010597215" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/mm_printmergeddoc.xhp">Print merged document</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id201703192012043766" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Prints the mail merge output for all or some recipients.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Printer options</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/printers" id="bm_id376598" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105B7" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Printer</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105BB" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the printer.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/printersettings" id="bm_id7486190" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105BE" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Properties</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C2" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Changes the printer properties.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10560" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Print records</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/printallrb" id="bm_id4834131" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105C5" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Print all documents</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C9" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Prints documents for all recipients.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/fromrb" id="bm_id941190" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059B" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1059F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Selects a range of records starting at the record number in the <emph>From</emph> box and ending at the record number in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/from" id="bm_id8942838" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106DB" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106E1" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the first record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/to" id="bm_id7026886" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A2" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A6" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the last record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/ok" id="bm_id6397595" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105DA" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Print Documents</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105DE" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Prints the mail merge documents.</ahelp></paragraph> + + +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_savemergeddoc.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_savemergeddoc.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..92c9e83c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_savemergeddoc.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="swriter01mm_savemergeddocxml"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Save merged document</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_savemergeddoc.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="save_merged_document"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/MMResultSaveDialog" id="bm_id201703191638233298" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MailMergeSaveDocuments" id="bm_id201703191638233299" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="hd_id201703191634335977" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/mm_savemergeddoc.xhp">Save merged document</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id201703191635403846" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Save the mail merge output to file.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> + +<paragraph id="par_idN10557" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Save As options</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/singlerb" id="bm_id7217627" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN1058D" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Save as single large document</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN10591" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the merged document as a single file.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/individualrb" id="bm_id3735465" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN10594" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Save as individual documents</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN10598" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the merged document as a separate file for each recipient. The file names of the documents are constructed from the name that you enter, followed by an underscore, and the number of the current record.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/fromrb" id="bm_id941190" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN1059B" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">From</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN1059F" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Selects a range of records starting at the record number in the <emph>From</emph> box and ending at the record number in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/from" id="bm_id8942838" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN106DB" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">From</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN106E1" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the first record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/to" id="bm_id7026886" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN105A2" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN105A6" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the last record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/ok" id="bm_id4436475" localize="false"/> +<paragraph id="par_idN105A9" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Save Documents</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_idN105AD" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the documents.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..919594e4b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mm_seladdbloxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Select Address Block</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-08T11:20:08">UFI: Select Address Block dialog for mail merge</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/SelectBlockDialog" id="bm_id6604815" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10539" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Select Address Block</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1053D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select, edit, or delete an address block layout for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">mail merge</link>.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/preview" id="bm_id6604816" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1054E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Select your preferred address block</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10552" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the block in the list that you want to use for mail merge addresses, and click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/never" id="bm_id6604817" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10555" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Never include country/region</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10559" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Excludes country or regional information from the address block.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/always" id="bm_id2571184" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055C" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Always include country/region</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10560" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Includes country or regional information in the address block.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/dependent" id="bm_id6947538" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10563" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Only include country/region if it is not:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10567" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Only includes country or regional information in the address block if the value differs from the value that you enter in the text box.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/country" id="bm_id7257606" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10651" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the country/region string that shall not be printed.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/new" id="bm_id1533249" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp">New Address Block</link> dialog where you can define a new address block layout.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/edit" id="bm_id1784112" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057F" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10583" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp">Edit Address Block</link> dialog where you can edit the selected address block layout.</ahelp></paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/delete" id="bm_id2646565" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10594" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10598" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected address block layout.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73a05ae81 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mm_seladdlisxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Select Address List</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2004-07-08T10:20:18">UFI: mail merge select address list dialog</created> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/SelectAddressDialog" id="bm_id119937" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10542" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Select Address List</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10549" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the address list that you want to use for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">mail merge</link>, then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/add" id="bm_id7303689" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Add</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the database file that contains the addresses that you want to use as an address list.</ahelp> If the file contains more than one table, the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp">Select Table</link> dialog opens.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/create" id="bm_id584429" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10573" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Create</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10589" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">New Address List</link> dialog, where you can create a new address list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/filter" id="bm_id4916837" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Filter</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1059E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/02/12090100.xhp">Standard Filter</link> dialog , where you can apply filters to the address list to display the recipients that you want to see.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/edit" id="bm_id3753166" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105AF" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B3" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">New Address List</link> dialog, where you can edit the selected address list.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/changetable" id="bm_id7802667" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105C4" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Change Table</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C8" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp">Select Table</link> dialog, where you can select another table to use for mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..94941febb --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01mm_seltabxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Select Table</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selecttabledialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selecttabledialog/SelectTableDialog" id="bm_id6627093" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selecttabledialog/table" id="bm_id6627094" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10542" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Select Table</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10546" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the table that you want to use for <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp">mail merge</link> addresses.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selecttabledialog/preview" id="bm_id2926419" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10557" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Preview</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Mail Merge Recipients</emph> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/outlinecontent_visibility.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/outlinecontent_visibility.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7da989e84 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/outlinecontent_visibility.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="OutlineContentVisibility" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Outline Content Visibility</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/outlinecontent_visibility.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id141603814665942"> +<bookmark_value>outline content folding;enabling</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>show;outline folding</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>hide;outline folding</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + +<h1 id="hd_id311603588857975">Outline Folding</h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id781603591328239">Hide and show all content under headings, including text, images, tables, frames, shapes, and text boxes.</paragraph> +<section id="howtoget"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id151606158601951">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web) - View</menuitem>, and select the <emph>Show Outline Folding Buttons</emph> checkbox.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id431603592299868" role="paragraph">Open the Navigator (<keycode>F5</keycode>) and display the <emph>Headings</emph> entry. Hover the mouse on a heading and open the context menu. Select <menuitem>Outline Folding</menuitem> submenu.</paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id401603902789914">Use this feature to selectively hide and show contents under all paragraphs that have a non-zero outline level, usually headings. In large documents, it allows to quickly scroll to the right position for editing and reading.</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id711604659189386"> +<bookmark_value>navigator;outline folding</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>outline folding;with Navigator</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + +<h2 id="hd_id931603593824856">Using Outline Folding with Navigator</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id161603902590811">All outline folding commands in the navigator are shown in the context menu of the <emph>Headings</emph> entries. Open the context menu of a heading and choose <menuitem>Outline Folding</menuitem>.</paragraph> +<table id="tab_id761603902018701"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id201603902018701"> +<image src="sw/res/nc20000.png" id="img_id871603787633618" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id761603787633618">Headings Icon</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id111603902018701" role="paragraph">Headings icon</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> +<h3 id="hd_id111603594832364">Fold all</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id171603594868435">Hides all contents for the selected heading and its sub-headings. Sibling outline headings with same level are not hidden. If applied on the main Headings entry of the navigator, only the document headings are displayed.</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id381603902284237">Unfold all</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id431603902342365">Headings and its sub-headings contents are displayed in the document area. If applied on the main Headings entry of the navigator, the document is displayed in full.</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id651606162136531">Toggle</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id501606162132255">Toggles the outline folding of the selected item.</paragraph> + +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id861604659229058"> +<bookmark_value>outline folding;with mouse</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<h2 id="hd_id961603593527184">Using Outline Folding with the Mouse</h2> +<h3 id="hd_id641604365236177">Over a heading</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id331603591793655">Press the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline> key and place the mouse over a heading. An arrow in left margin gives a visual cue.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id681604492926867">When mouse pointer image changes to hand pointer, the following commands are possible:</paragraph> +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id451603594434731" role="listitem">Click to toggle folding of content from selected heading to next heading.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id71603594448708" role="listitem">Right-click to hide or show all content from selected heading (and all its subheadings) to next heading at same outline level.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<h3 id="hd_id101604365425000">Arrows in left margin</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id541604366257774">Place mouse in left margin next to a heading. An arrow appears if content is shown.</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id451603594341994" role="listitem">A down arrow indicates the heading and its contents are visible.</paragraph> + </listitem> +<listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id71603594662394" role="listitem">A left arrow indicates the heading has hidden contents.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<h2 id="hd_id81604416400633">Saving Document Outline Folding State</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id101604416417417">Documents saved in Open Document Format (.odt) will retain the current settings of hidden and shown contents at time of the save command.</paragraph> +<note id="par_id261606163563654">The document contents are not affected by the folding settings.</note> +<h2 id="hd_id371606166467814">Printing and exporting to PDF with Outline Folding Contents</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id821606166528569">To print or to export the full document, set the outline folding to <emph>Unfold All</emph> beforehand.</paragraph> +<warning id="par_id391606166521548">Folded outline contents will <emph>not</emph> be printed or exported to PDF. </warning> +<section id="relatedtopics"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id981604412273516"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp" name="outlinelevel">Set Paragraph Outline Level</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id31604412603892"><link href="text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp" name="chapnumbering">Modify Outline Levels for Headings</link></paragraph> +<embed href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#Navigator"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id401603926410184"> <link href="text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar" name="addbutton">Adding a Button to a Toolbar</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id271604411886782"><link href="text/shared/01/06140300.xhp" name="modifymenu">Customizing a Context Menu</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id251603931664784"><link href="text/shared/01/06140200.xhp" name="makeshortcut">Making a Shortcut Key</link></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/protectdocument.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/protectdocument.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9fce04fd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/protectdocument.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="protecttextdocument" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Protect Document</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/protectdocument.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id71630957701819"> +<bookmark_value>protection;fields in text documents</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>protection;bookmarks in text documents</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<bookmark id="bm_id731630954633445" xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ProtectField" localize="false"/> +<bookmark id="bm_id731630954633445" xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ProtectBookmarks" localize="false"/> +<section id="protectdocumentheading"> +<h1 id="hd_id631630954633446"><link href="text/swriter/01/protectdocument.xhp" name="Protect Document">Protect Document</link></h1> +<paragraph id="par_id491630954633448" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Toggles write protection for fields and bookmarks in the document.</paragraph> +</section> +<warning id="par_id18112016398104"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#protwarn"/></warning> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#protecdocument"/> +</section> +<h2 id="hd_id431630956035026">Protect Fields</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id851630956050636">Toggles fields write protection. When checked, the fields cannot be edited or deleted.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id871630956040154">Protect Bookmarks</h2> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id631630956055502">Toggles bookmark write protection. When checked, the bookmarks cannot be deleted or renamed.</paragraph> +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id281630957530212"><embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#protection"/></paragraph> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..03ae6221c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + + + +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriter01selection_modexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Selection Mode</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp</filename> +</topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="selection_mode"> +<!-- removed HID sel_mode_id --><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id4177678" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp">Selection Mode</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2962126" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Choose the selection mode from the submenu: normal selection mode, or block selection mode.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> + <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#selection_mode"/> +</section> +<!-- removed HID insert_normalid --><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9816278" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">In normal selection mode, you can select multi-line text including the line ends.</ahelp></paragraph> +<!-- removed HID insert_id --><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3097323" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">In block selection mode, you can select a rectangular block of text.</ahelp></paragraph> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/show_whitespace.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/show_whitespace.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6efb1e722 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/show_whitespace.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="show_whitespace" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Show Whitespace</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/show_whitespace.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> +<body> +<section id="show_whitespace_head"> + <bookmark id="bm_id721629893531853" xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ShowWhitespace" localize="false"/> + <h1 id="hd_id11629893531856"><link href="text/swriter/01/show_whitespace.xhp" name="show_whitespace">Show Whitespace</link></h1> + <paragraph id="par_id102720150854012820" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the document with the top and bottom margins, header and footer and a gap between pages. Uncheck to collapse all the elements cited and display the document in a contiguous page stream. Hiding whitespace is only possible in Single-page view.</paragraph> +</section> +<section id="howtoget"> +<embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#show_whitespace"/> +</section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/style_inspector.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/style_inspector.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..713b72c4b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/style_inspector.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + <!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + --> + + <meta> + <topic id="stylesinspector" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Style Inspector</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/style_inspector.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/inspectortextpanel/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id361641339217672" localize="false"/> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id441641339111122"> +<bookmark_value>styles;inspector</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>style inspector</bookmark_value> + </bookmark> + <section id="styleinspectorhead"> + <h1 id="hd_id741641334466741"><link href="text/swriter/01/style_inspector.xhp" name="Style Inspector">Style Inspector</link></h1> + <paragraph id="par_id971641334466743" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="StyleInspector">The Style Inspector is located on the Sidebar. It displays all the attributes of the styles (paragraph and character) and any direct formatting present in the paragraph and character where the cursor is located. These details can be useful when you are trying to figure out why some formatting in a document appears to be incorrect or inconsistent.</variable></paragraph> + </section> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#Section7"/> + <section id="howtoget"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id521641338705733">Open the sidebar, click on the Style Inspector icon</paragraph> + <table id="tab_id961641335152917"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id431641335152917" role="paragraph"> + <image src="cmd/lc_inspectordeck.svg" id="img_id661641335152918" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id61641335152918">Icon Style Inspector</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id721641335152918" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Icon Style Inspector on the Sidebar</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id781641335609033">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Alt+5</keycode><keycode></keycode></paragraph> + </section> + <h2 id="hd_id941641336331359">The Style Inspector Panel</h2> + <h3 id="hd_id771641336335666">Properties</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1001641336347665"><emph>Paragraph Styles</emph>: shows the list of the paragraph styles applied to the text at the cursor position, following the style hierarchy, where the parent style comes above any child style.</paragraph> + + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id981641336364074"><emph>Paragraph direct formatting</emph>: shows the list of paragraph properties which are set directly to the text at the cursor location.</paragraph> + + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id961641336357072"><emph>Character Styles</emph>: shows the list of the character styles applied to the text at the cursor, following hierarchy, where the parent style comes above any child style.</paragraph> + + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id981641336364073"><emph>Character direct formatting</emph>: shows the list of character properties which are set directly to the text at the cursor location.</paragraph> + + <h3 id="hd_id301641336416253">Values</h3> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id251641336411569">Display the values of the properties.</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id491641337715424">Usage</h2> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id821641421059397">Use the Style Inspector to uncover formatting issues in your text document.</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id991641421123640" role="listitem">Style properties overwritten by direct formatting are greyed out in the Paragraph and Character style tree, indicating that the style property is not effective anymore.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id841641421139731" role="listitem">Paragraph style properties that are re-defined by a child paragraph style are greyed out.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id31641421150849" role="listitem">Character style properties that are re-defined by a child character style are greyed out.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id911641421185601" role="listitem">Paragraph style and direct properties that are re-defined by character styles or character direct properties are greyed.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id621641337772747">For example, if the margins of the paragraph are changed by direct formatting using the rulers, the margins property of the paragraph style are greyed out and the margins properties are displayed in the Paragraph Direct Formatting entry of the Style Inspector.</paragraph> + + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id771641378992460">Another example, if the <emph>Emphasis</emph> character style highlights a word with a yellow background, and the user mistakenly overwrote it by using a white background, the <literal>yellow</literal> attribute would be greyed-out and <literal>white</literal> is listed under Direct Formatting in the Style Inspector. The Style Inspector shows only those attributes that diverge from the parent (which is usually the Default Paragraph Style).</paragraph> + + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id101641338214488">Some features of the Style Inspector are of interest mainly to advanced users:</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id281641338268000" role="listitem">The Style Inspector can show any hidden RDF (Resource Description Framework, a W3C standard) metadata at the cursor position associated with text spans, paragraphs, and bookmarks. For annotated text spans, “Nested Text Content” item can show the boundary of the nested annotated text ranges and metadata fields.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id531641338286704" role="listitem">Custom color metadata field shadings can be set for an annotated text range or a metadata field, for visualization of metadata categories in the document editor. Use <menuitem>View - Field Shadings</menuitem> or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+F8</keycode> to disable or enable these field shadings.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id261641340112608"><link href="https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/ReleaseNotes/7.1#Style_inspector" name="rel71">Release notes for Style Inspector</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id601641340196019"><link href="https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/ReleaseNotes/7.2#RDF_metadata_in_Style_Inspector" name="rdfmetadata">RDF Metadata in Style Inspector</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id731641340265093"><link href="https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/ReleaseNotes/7.2#Custom_color_metadata_field_shadings" name="customcolormetadata">Custom color metadata</link> </paragraph> + </section> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/title_page.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/title_page.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7aaeeda52 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/title_page.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . +--> + +<meta> + <topic id="textshared01title_pagexml"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Using title pages in your document</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/title_page.xhp</filename> + </topic> +</meta> + +<body> + + +<section id="using_title_pages_in_your_document"> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:TitlePageDialog" id="bm_id300920161429511761" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/titlepage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/titlepage/DLG_TITLEPAGE" id="bm_id301920161429511761" localize="false"/> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id300920161717389897"> + <bookmark_value>page;title page</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>title pages;first page style</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>title pages;modifying</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>title pages;inserting</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> + + +<paragraph id="hd_id300920161429137211" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/title_page.xhp">Inserting title pages in the document</link></paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id300920161429345505" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Insert title pages in your document.</ahelp></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id300920161429347135" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Title pages are pages at the beginning of the document that lists the publication information, such as the title of the publication, the name of the author etc. These pages have a different layout than the pages of the document body, because they may not have page numbering, sometimes a different heading and footer and even different margins settings or background.</paragraph> + +<section id="howtoget"> +<paragraph id="par_id300920161443292710" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Choose menu <item type="menuitem">Format - Title Page</item></paragraph> +</section> +<paragraph id="par_id300920161443298079" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Many documents, such as letters and reports, have a first page that is different from the other pages in the document. For example, the first page of a letterhead typically has a different header or the first page of a report might have no header or footer, while the other pages do. This is simple to achieve with %PRODUCTNAME Writer.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id300920161443298274" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Page header and footer, numbering, margins and orientation are some of the properties that belongs to page styles. %PRODUCTNAME Writer let your to insert a blank title page at any point of your document, or format an existing page like a title page, by inserting a page break followed by a page style of your choice or by changing the page style at cursor position.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id300920161443293374" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">Using the Default (or any other) page style for your document, you can add a header or footer as you wish to the first page by deselecting the <item type="menuitem">Same content on first page</item> option on the header/footer tabs in the <emph>Page Style</emph> dialog, and then adding the header or footer. You can then add a different header or footer to the other pages of the document.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id300920161443299618" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To convert the first page of the document into a title page</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443308966" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">Place the cursor on the first page,</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443301816" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">From the Menu Bar, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Title page…</item></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443304794" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">Select <emph>Converting existing pages to title pages</emph> </paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443301533" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">Select the style of the title page in the <emph>Edit Page Properties</emph> area</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id300920161448355764" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">By default, %PRODUCTNAME selects the <emph>First Page</emph> page style.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered" startwith="5"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443315175" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">Set the page numbering reset options. </paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443316916" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id300920161443314375" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">This will change the current page style to <emph>First Page</emph> and the following pages will have the <emph>Default Style</emph>.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id300920161443317859" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a title page anywhere in the document</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id300920161443317032" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Place the cursor where you want to insert a new title page.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443315460" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">From the menu bar select <item type="menuitem">Format - Title page</item>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443318611" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">Select <emph>Insert new title pages</emph></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443311657" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">Set number of title pages to add and</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443311852" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">Set the title page location by setting its page number in the spin box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443329307" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">Set the page numbering reset options. </paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443327672" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph></paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> +<paragraph id="par_id300920161443324067" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">This will insert a page break and change the current page style to <emph>First Page</emph>. The following pages will have the <emph>Default Style</emph> page style.</paragraph> + +<paragraph id="hd_id300920161443323335" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To delete a title page:</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id30092016144332559" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You cannot delete a title page. You must change its page style format from <emph>First Page</emph> to whatever other page style you wish.</paragraph> + +<list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443329339" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">Place the cursor in the page you want to change the style</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id30092016144332353" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">From the Sidebar Deck, select <emph>Sidebar Settings - Styles</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443329078" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">From the <emph>Styles</emph>, select button <emph>Page Styles</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443339937" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">From the Style list, select the page style you want to apply.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443337801" role="ol_item" xml-lang="en-US">Double click on the page style to apply.</paragraph> + </listitem> +</list> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + +<list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161443378384" role="ul_item" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05040200.xhp">Format page</link>, </paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161915582003" role="ul_item" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp">Page break</link>, </paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph id="par_id300920161915587772" role="ul_item" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp">Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page</link>.</paragraph> + </listitem></list> +</section> +</body> + +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2c222ecd --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> + <!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + --> + + <meta> + <topic id="watermark" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> + <title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Page Watermark</title> + <filename>/text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + + + <section id="wm01"> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/watermarkdialog/WatermarkDialog" id="bm_id3155897" localize="false"/> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/watermarkdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> + <paragraph id="hd_id781516897374563" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp" name="Watermark">Page Watermark</link></paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id121516897374563" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="waterm01"><ahelp hid=".">Insert a watermark text in the current page style background.</ahelp></variable></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id171516897713635"> + <bookmark_value>watermark;text documents</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>watermark;page background</bookmark_value> + <bookmark_value>page background;watermark</bookmark_value> + </bookmark> + </section> + <section id="howtoget"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id761516899094991" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Watermark</item>.</paragraph> + </section> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id521516905298143" xml-lang="en-US">A watermark is an identifying image or pattern in paper that appears as various shades of brightness when viewed by transmitted light. Watermarks were originally created directly during paper manufacturing to discourage counterfeiting of documents, currency bills, stamps and more.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id201516905302881" xml-lang="en-US">Use watermarks in %PRODUCTNAME Writer to simulate a paper watermark on the document pages.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id731516900297974" xml-lang="en-US">Fill the dialog settings below.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id501516905708560" role="note">The values entered applies to the actual page style.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id47418" role="paragraph"><image id="img_id16673" src="media/screenshots/modules/swriter/ui/watermarkdialog/WatermarkDialog.png" width="11cm" height="8cm"><alt id="alt_id47763">Watermark dialog</alt></image></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/watermarkdialog/TextInput" id="bm_id391516970628151" localize="false"/> + <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id341516900303248" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Text</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id181516900309119" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the watermark text to be displayed as image in the page background.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/watermarkdialog/FontBox" id="bm_id421516970660727" localize="false"/> + <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id171516900315575" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Font</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id781516900322735" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the font from the list.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1001516900331585" role="note">You cannot choose font size or font style for the watermark text. The text size will be scaled to fit in one line in the page background.</paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/watermarkdialog/Angle" id="bm_id581516970694174" localize="false"/> + <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id721516900337255" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Angle</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id531516900343270" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the rotation angle for the watermark. The text will be rotated by this angle in counterclockwise direction.</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/watermarkdialog/Transparency" id="bm_id101516970727180" localize="false"/> + <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id511516900348606" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Transparency</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id301516900356824" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the transparency level for the watermark. A 0% value produces an opaque watermark and a value of 100% is totally transparent (invisible).</ahelp></paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/watermarkdialog/Color" id="bm_id561516970763374" localize="false"/> + <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id321516900368799" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Color</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id521516900373461" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a color from the drop-down box.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id771516906476223" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To change a watermark contents or setting.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id831516906589936" xml-lang="en-US">If the watermark in use is a text inserted by the <item type="menuitem">Format - Watermark</item> menu command or by the <link href="text/shared/01/classificationbar.xhp" name="classification bar">document classification settings</link>, you can edit the contents and settings on opening the watermark dialog.</paragraph> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id611516900724619" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/classificationbar.xhp#bm_id030820161856432825" name="classification watermark">Document classification watermarks</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id891516901777257" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#bm_id8431653" name="page background">Page background</link></paragraph> + </section> +</body> +</helpdocument> |